/* 32-bit ELF support for ARM
Copyright 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007,
- 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
MA 02110-1301, USA. */
#include "sysdep.h"
+#include <limits.h>
+
#include "bfd.h"
#include "libiberty.h"
#include "libbfd.h"
#define ARM_ELF_ABI_VERSION 0
#define ARM_ELF_OS_ABI_VERSION ELFOSABI_ARM
-static struct elf_backend_data elf32_arm_vxworks_bed;
+static bfd_boolean elf32_arm_write_section (bfd *output_bfd,
+ struct bfd_link_info *link_info,
+ asection *sec,
+ bfd_byte *contents);
/* Note: code such as elf32_arm_reloc_type_lookup expect to use e.g.
R_ARM_PC24 as an index into this, and find the R_ARM_PC24 HOWTO
HOWTO (R_ARM_THM_CALL, /* type */
1, /* rightshift */
2, /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
- 25, /* bitsize */
+ 24, /* bitsize */
TRUE, /* pc_relative */
0, /* bitpos */
complain_overflow_signed,/* complain_on_overflow */
bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
"R_ARM_THM_CALL", /* name */
FALSE, /* partial_inplace */
- 0x07ff07ff, /* src_mask */
- 0x07ff07ff, /* dst_mask */
+ 0x07ff2fff, /* src_mask */
+ 0x07ff2fff, /* dst_mask */
TRUE), /* pcrel_offset */
HOWTO (R_ARM_THM_PC8, /* type */
0xffffffff, /* dst_mask */
FALSE), /* pcrel_offset */
- HOWTO (R_ARM_SWI24, /* type */
+ HOWTO (R_ARM_TLS_DESC, /* type */
0, /* rightshift */
- 0, /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
- 0, /* bitsize */
+ 2, /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
+ 32, /* bitsize */
FALSE, /* pc_relative */
0, /* bitpos */
- complain_overflow_signed,/* complain_on_overflow */
+ complain_overflow_bitfield,/* complain_on_overflow */
bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
- "R_ARM_SWI24", /* name */
+ "R_ARM_TLS_DESC", /* name */
FALSE, /* partial_inplace */
- 0x00000000, /* src_mask */
- 0x00000000, /* dst_mask */
+ 0xffffffff, /* src_mask */
+ 0xffffffff, /* dst_mask */
FALSE), /* pcrel_offset */
HOWTO (R_ARM_THM_SWI8, /* type */
HOWTO (R_ARM_XPC25, /* type */
2, /* rightshift */
2, /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
- 25, /* bitsize */
+ 24, /* bitsize */
TRUE, /* pc_relative */
0, /* bitpos */
complain_overflow_signed,/* complain_on_overflow */
HOWTO (R_ARM_THM_XPC22, /* type */
2, /* rightshift */
2, /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
- 22, /* bitsize */
+ 24, /* bitsize */
TRUE, /* pc_relative */
0, /* bitpos */
complain_overflow_signed,/* complain_on_overflow */
bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
"R_ARM_THM_XPC22", /* name */
FALSE, /* partial_inplace */
- 0x07ff07ff, /* src_mask */
- 0x07ff07ff, /* dst_mask */
+ 0x07ff2fff, /* src_mask */
+ 0x07ff2fff, /* dst_mask */
TRUE), /* pcrel_offset */
/* Dynamic TLS relocations. */
0x040f70ff, /* dst_mask */
FALSE), /* pcrel_offset */
- EMPTY_HOWTO (90), /* Unallocated. */
- EMPTY_HOWTO (91),
- EMPTY_HOWTO (92),
- EMPTY_HOWTO (93),
+ HOWTO (R_ARM_TLS_GOTDESC, /* type */
+ 0, /* rightshift */
+ 2, /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
+ 32, /* bitsize */
+ FALSE, /* pc_relative */
+ 0, /* bitpos */
+ complain_overflow_bitfield,/* complain_on_overflow */
+ NULL, /* special_function */
+ "R_ARM_TLS_GOTDESC", /* name */
+ TRUE, /* partial_inplace */
+ 0xffffffff, /* src_mask */
+ 0xffffffff, /* dst_mask */
+ FALSE), /* pcrel_offset */
+
+ HOWTO (R_ARM_TLS_CALL, /* type */
+ 0, /* rightshift */
+ 2, /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
+ 24, /* bitsize */
+ FALSE, /* pc_relative */
+ 0, /* bitpos */
+ complain_overflow_dont,/* complain_on_overflow */
+ bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
+ "R_ARM_TLS_CALL", /* name */
+ FALSE, /* partial_inplace */
+ 0x00ffffff, /* src_mask */
+ 0x00ffffff, /* dst_mask */
+ FALSE), /* pcrel_offset */
+
+ HOWTO (R_ARM_TLS_DESCSEQ, /* type */
+ 0, /* rightshift */
+ 2, /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
+ 0, /* bitsize */
+ FALSE, /* pc_relative */
+ 0, /* bitpos */
+ complain_overflow_bitfield,/* complain_on_overflow */
+ bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
+ "R_ARM_TLS_DESCSEQ", /* name */
+ FALSE, /* partial_inplace */
+ 0x00000000, /* src_mask */
+ 0x00000000, /* dst_mask */
+ FALSE), /* pcrel_offset */
+
+ HOWTO (R_ARM_THM_TLS_CALL, /* type */
+ 0, /* rightshift */
+ 2, /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
+ 24, /* bitsize */
+ FALSE, /* pc_relative */
+ 0, /* bitpos */
+ complain_overflow_dont,/* complain_on_overflow */
+ bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
+ "R_ARM_THM_TLS_CALL", /* name */
+ FALSE, /* partial_inplace */
+ 0x07ff07ff, /* src_mask */
+ 0x07ff07ff, /* dst_mask */
+ FALSE), /* pcrel_offset */
HOWTO (R_ARM_PLT32_ABS, /* type */
0, /* rightshift */
0x00000fff, /* src_mask */
0x00000fff, /* dst_mask */
FALSE), /* pcrel_offset */
-};
-/* 112-127 private relocations
- 128 R_ARM_ME_TOO, obsolete
- 129-255 unallocated in AAELF.
+ /* 112-127 private relocations. */
+ EMPTY_HOWTO (112),
+ EMPTY_HOWTO (113),
+ EMPTY_HOWTO (114),
+ EMPTY_HOWTO (115),
+ EMPTY_HOWTO (116),
+ EMPTY_HOWTO (117),
+ EMPTY_HOWTO (118),
+ EMPTY_HOWTO (119),
+ EMPTY_HOWTO (120),
+ EMPTY_HOWTO (121),
+ EMPTY_HOWTO (122),
+ EMPTY_HOWTO (123),
+ EMPTY_HOWTO (124),
+ EMPTY_HOWTO (125),
+ EMPTY_HOWTO (126),
+ EMPTY_HOWTO (127),
+
+ /* R_ARM_ME_TOO, obsolete. */
+ EMPTY_HOWTO (128),
+
+ HOWTO (R_ARM_THM_TLS_DESCSEQ, /* type */
+ 0, /* rightshift */
+ 1, /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
+ 0, /* bitsize */
+ FALSE, /* pc_relative */
+ 0, /* bitpos */
+ complain_overflow_bitfield,/* complain_on_overflow */
+ bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
+ "R_ARM_THM_TLS_DESCSEQ",/* name */
+ FALSE, /* partial_inplace */
+ 0x00000000, /* src_mask */
+ 0x00000000, /* dst_mask */
+ FALSE), /* pcrel_offset */
+};
- 249-255 extended, currently unused, relocations: */
+/* 160 onwards: */
+static reloc_howto_type elf32_arm_howto_table_2[1] =
+{
+ HOWTO (R_ARM_IRELATIVE, /* type */
+ 0, /* rightshift */
+ 2, /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
+ 32, /* bitsize */
+ FALSE, /* pc_relative */
+ 0, /* bitpos */
+ complain_overflow_bitfield,/* complain_on_overflow */
+ bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
+ "R_ARM_IRELATIVE", /* name */
+ TRUE, /* partial_inplace */
+ 0xffffffff, /* src_mask */
+ 0xffffffff, /* dst_mask */
+ FALSE) /* pcrel_offset */
+};
-static reloc_howto_type elf32_arm_howto_table_2[4] =
+/* 249-255 extended, currently unused, relocations: */
+static reloc_howto_type elf32_arm_howto_table_3[4] =
{
HOWTO (R_ARM_RREL32, /* type */
0, /* rightshift */
if (r_type < ARRAY_SIZE (elf32_arm_howto_table_1))
return &elf32_arm_howto_table_1[r_type];
+ if (r_type == R_ARM_IRELATIVE)
+ return &elf32_arm_howto_table_2[r_type - R_ARM_IRELATIVE];
+
if (r_type >= R_ARM_RREL32
- && r_type < R_ARM_RREL32 + ARRAY_SIZE (elf32_arm_howto_table_2))
- return &elf32_arm_howto_table_2[r_type - R_ARM_RREL32];
+ && r_type < R_ARM_RREL32 + ARRAY_SIZE (elf32_arm_howto_table_3))
+ return &elf32_arm_howto_table_3[r_type - R_ARM_RREL32];
return NULL;
}
{BFD_RELOC_ARM_RELATIVE, R_ARM_RELATIVE},
{BFD_RELOC_ARM_GOTOFF, R_ARM_GOTOFF32},
{BFD_RELOC_ARM_GOTPC, R_ARM_GOTPC},
+ {BFD_RELOC_ARM_GOT_PREL, R_ARM_GOT_PREL},
{BFD_RELOC_ARM_GOT32, R_ARM_GOT32},
{BFD_RELOC_ARM_PLT32, R_ARM_PLT32},
{BFD_RELOC_ARM_TARGET1, R_ARM_TARGET1},
{BFD_RELOC_ARM_PREL31, R_ARM_PREL31},
{BFD_RELOC_ARM_TARGET2, R_ARM_TARGET2},
{BFD_RELOC_ARM_PLT32, R_ARM_PLT32},
+ {BFD_RELOC_ARM_TLS_GOTDESC, R_ARM_TLS_GOTDESC},
+ {BFD_RELOC_ARM_TLS_CALL, R_ARM_TLS_CALL},
+ {BFD_RELOC_ARM_THM_TLS_CALL, R_ARM_THM_TLS_CALL},
+ {BFD_RELOC_ARM_TLS_DESCSEQ, R_ARM_TLS_DESCSEQ},
+ {BFD_RELOC_ARM_THM_TLS_DESCSEQ, R_ARM_THM_TLS_DESCSEQ},
+ {BFD_RELOC_ARM_TLS_DESC, R_ARM_TLS_DESC},
{BFD_RELOC_ARM_TLS_GD32, R_ARM_TLS_GD32},
{BFD_RELOC_ARM_TLS_LDO32, R_ARM_TLS_LDO32},
{BFD_RELOC_ARM_TLS_LDM32, R_ARM_TLS_LDM32},
{BFD_RELOC_ARM_TLS_TPOFF32, R_ARM_TLS_TPOFF32},
{BFD_RELOC_ARM_TLS_IE32, R_ARM_TLS_IE32},
{BFD_RELOC_ARM_TLS_LE32, R_ARM_TLS_LE32},
+ {BFD_RELOC_ARM_IRELATIVE, R_ARM_IRELATIVE},
{BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT, R_ARM_GNU_VTINHERIT},
{BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY, R_ARM_GNU_VTENTRY},
{BFD_RELOC_ARM_MOVW, R_ARM_MOVW_ABS_NC},
&& strcasecmp (elf32_arm_howto_table_2[i].name, r_name) == 0)
return &elf32_arm_howto_table_2[i];
+ for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (elf32_arm_howto_table_3); i++)
+ if (elf32_arm_howto_table_3[i].name != NULL
+ && strcasecmp (elf32_arm_howto_table_3[i].name, r_name) == 0)
+ return &elf32_arm_howto_table_3[i];
+
return NULL;
}
elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = bfd_get_16 (abfd, note->descdata + 12);
/* pr_pid */
- elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 24);
+ elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 24);
/* pr_reg */
offset = 72;
interworkable. */
#define INTERWORK_FLAG(abfd) \
(EF_ARM_EABI_VERSION (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags) >= EF_ARM_EABI_VER4 \
- || (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_ARM_INTERWORK))
+ || (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_ARM_INTERWORK) \
+ || ((abfd)->flags & BFD_LINKER_CREATED))
/* The linker script knows the section names for placement.
The entry_names are used to do simple name mangling on the stubs.
section. */
#define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER "/usr/lib/ld.so.1"
+static const unsigned long tls_trampoline [] =
+ {
+ 0xe08e0000, /* add r0, lr, r0 */
+ 0xe5901004, /* ldr r1, [r0,#4] */
+ 0xe12fff11, /* bx r1 */
+ };
+
+static const unsigned long dl_tlsdesc_lazy_trampoline [] =
+ {
+ 0xe52d2004, /* push {r2} */
+ 0xe59f200c, /* ldr r2, [pc, #3f - . - 8] */
+ 0xe59f100c, /* ldr r1, [pc, #4f - . - 8] */
+ 0xe79f2002, /* 1: ldr r2, [pc, r2] */
+ 0xe081100f, /* 2: add r1, pc */
+ 0xe12fff12, /* bx r2 */
+ 0x00000014, /* 3: .word _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ - 1b - 8
+ + dl_tlsdesc_lazy_resolver(GOT) */
+ 0x00000018, /* 4: .word _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ - 2b - 8 */
+ };
+
#ifdef FOUR_WORD_PLT
/* The first entry in a procedure linkage table looks like
DATA_TYPE
};
-#define THUMB16_INSN(X) {(X), THUMB16_TYPE, R_ARM_NONE, 0}
-#define THUMB32_INSN(X) {(X), THUMB32_TYPE, R_ARM_NONE, 0}
-#define ARM_INSN(X) {(X), ARM_TYPE, R_ARM_NONE, 0}
-#define ARM_REL_INSN(X, Z) {(X), ARM_TYPE, R_ARM_JUMP24, (Z)}
-#define DATA_WORD(X,Y,Z) {(X), DATA_TYPE, (Y), (Z)}
+#define THUMB16_INSN(X) {(X), THUMB16_TYPE, R_ARM_NONE, 0}
+/* A bit of a hack. A Thumb conditional branch, in which the proper condition
+ is inserted in arm_build_one_stub(). */
+#define THUMB16_BCOND_INSN(X) {(X), THUMB16_TYPE, R_ARM_NONE, 1}
+#define THUMB32_INSN(X) {(X), THUMB32_TYPE, R_ARM_NONE, 0}
+#define THUMB32_B_INSN(X, Z) {(X), THUMB32_TYPE, R_ARM_THM_JUMP24, (Z)}
+#define ARM_INSN(X) {(X), ARM_TYPE, R_ARM_NONE, 0}
+#define ARM_REL_INSN(X, Z) {(X), ARM_TYPE, R_ARM_JUMP24, (Z)}
+#define DATA_WORD(X,Y,Z) {(X), DATA_TYPE, (Y), (Z)}
typedef struct
{
blx to reach the stub if necessary. */
static const insn_sequence elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_any_arm_pic[] =
{
- ARM_INSN(0xe59fc000), /* ldr r12, [pc] */
+ ARM_INSN(0xe59fc000), /* ldr ip, [pc] */
ARM_INSN(0xe08ff00c), /* add pc, pc, ip */
DATA_WORD(0, R_ARM_REL32, -4), /* dcd R_ARM_REL32(X-4) */
};
ARMv7). */
static const insn_sequence elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_any_thumb_pic[] =
{
- ARM_INSN(0xe59fc004), /* ldr r12, [pc, #4] */
+ ARM_INSN(0xe59fc004), /* ldr ip, [pc, #4] */
ARM_INSN(0xe08fc00c), /* add ip, pc, ip */
ARM_INSN(0xe12fff1c), /* bx ip */
DATA_WORD(0, R_ARM_REL32, 0), /* dcd R_ARM_REL32(X) */
DATA_WORD(0, R_ARM_REL32, 0), /* dcd R_ARM_REL32(X) */
};
+/* Thumb2/ARM -> TLS trampoline. Lowest common denominator, which is a
+ long PIC stub. We can use r1 as a scratch -- and cannot use ip. */
+static const insn_sequence elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_any_tls_pic[] =
+{
+ ARM_INSN(0xe59f1000), /* ldr r1, [pc] */
+ ARM_INSN(0xe08ff001), /* add pc, pc, r1 */
+ DATA_WORD(0, R_ARM_REL32, -4), /* dcd R_ARM_REL32(X-4) */
+};
+
+/* V4T Thumb -> TLS trampoline. lowest common denominator, which is a
+ long PIC stub. We can use r1 as a scratch -- and cannot use ip. */
+static const insn_sequence elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_tls_pic[] =
+{
+ THUMB16_INSN(0x4778), /* bx pc */
+ THUMB16_INSN(0x46c0), /* nop */
+ ARM_INSN(0xe59f1000), /* ldr r1, [pc, #0] */
+ ARM_INSN(0xe081f00f), /* add pc, r1, pc */
+ DATA_WORD(0, R_ARM_REL32, -4), /* dcd R_ARM_REL32(X) */
+};
+
+/* Cortex-A8 erratum-workaround stubs. */
+
+/* Stub used for conditional branches (which may be beyond +/-1MB away, so we
+ can't use a conditional branch to reach this stub). */
+
+static const insn_sequence elf32_arm_stub_a8_veneer_b_cond[] =
+ {
+ THUMB16_BCOND_INSN(0xd001), /* b<cond>.n true. */
+ THUMB32_B_INSN(0xf000b800, -4), /* b.w insn_after_original_branch. */
+ THUMB32_B_INSN(0xf000b800, -4) /* true: b.w original_branch_dest. */
+ };
+
+/* Stub used for b.w and bl.w instructions. */
+
+static const insn_sequence elf32_arm_stub_a8_veneer_b[] =
+ {
+ THUMB32_B_INSN(0xf000b800, -4) /* b.w original_branch_dest. */
+ };
+
+static const insn_sequence elf32_arm_stub_a8_veneer_bl[] =
+ {
+ THUMB32_B_INSN(0xf000b800, -4) /* b.w original_branch_dest. */
+ };
+
+/* Stub used for Thumb-2 blx.w instructions. We modified the original blx.w
+ instruction (which switches to ARM mode) to point to this stub. Jump to the
+ real destination using an ARM-mode branch. */
+
+static const insn_sequence elf32_arm_stub_a8_veneer_blx[] =
+ {
+ ARM_REL_INSN(0xea000000, -8) /* b original_branch_dest. */
+ };
+
/* Section name for stubs is the associated section name plus this
string. */
#define STUB_SUFFIX ".stub"
-enum elf32_arm_stub_type
-{
+/* One entry per long/short branch stub defined above. */
+#define DEF_STUBS \
+ DEF_STUB(long_branch_any_any) \
+ DEF_STUB(long_branch_v4t_arm_thumb) \
+ DEF_STUB(long_branch_thumb_only) \
+ DEF_STUB(long_branch_v4t_thumb_thumb) \
+ DEF_STUB(long_branch_v4t_thumb_arm) \
+ DEF_STUB(short_branch_v4t_thumb_arm) \
+ DEF_STUB(long_branch_any_arm_pic) \
+ DEF_STUB(long_branch_any_thumb_pic) \
+ DEF_STUB(long_branch_v4t_thumb_thumb_pic) \
+ DEF_STUB(long_branch_v4t_arm_thumb_pic) \
+ DEF_STUB(long_branch_v4t_thumb_arm_pic) \
+ DEF_STUB(long_branch_thumb_only_pic) \
+ DEF_STUB(long_branch_any_tls_pic) \
+ DEF_STUB(long_branch_v4t_thumb_tls_pic) \
+ DEF_STUB(a8_veneer_b_cond) \
+ DEF_STUB(a8_veneer_b) \
+ DEF_STUB(a8_veneer_bl) \
+ DEF_STUB(a8_veneer_blx)
+
+#define DEF_STUB(x) arm_stub_##x,
+enum elf32_arm_stub_type {
arm_stub_none,
- arm_stub_long_branch_any_any,
- arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_arm_thumb,
- arm_stub_long_branch_thumb_only,
- arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_thumb,
- arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_arm,
- arm_stub_short_branch_v4t_thumb_arm,
- arm_stub_long_branch_any_arm_pic,
- arm_stub_long_branch_any_thumb_pic,
- arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_arm_thumb_pic,
- arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_arm_pic,
- arm_stub_long_branch_thumb_only_pic,
- arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_thumb_pic,
+ DEF_STUBS
+ /* Note the first a8_veneer type */
+ arm_stub_a8_veneer_lwm = arm_stub_a8_veneer_b_cond
+};
+#undef DEF_STUB
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ const insn_sequence* template_sequence;
+ int template_size;
+} stub_def;
+
+#define DEF_STUB(x) {elf32_arm_stub_##x, ARRAY_SIZE(elf32_arm_stub_##x)},
+static const stub_def stub_definitions[] = {
+ {NULL, 0},
+ DEF_STUBS
};
struct elf32_arm_stub_hash_entry
bfd_vma target_value;
asection *target_section;
+ /* Offset to apply to relocation referencing target_value. */
+ bfd_vma target_addend;
+
+ /* The instruction which caused this stub to be generated (only valid for
+ Cortex-A8 erratum workaround stubs at present). */
+ unsigned long orig_insn;
+
/* The stub type. */
enum elf32_arm_stub_type stub_type;
/* Its encoding size in bytes. */
/* The symbol table entry, if any, that this was derived from. */
struct elf32_arm_link_hash_entry *h;
- /* Destination symbol type (STT_ARM_TFUNC, ...) */
- unsigned char st_type;
+ /* Type of branch. */
+ enum arm_st_branch_type branch_type;
/* Where this stub is being called from, or, in the case of combined
stub sections, the first input section in the group. */
}
elf32_vfp11_erratum_list;
+typedef enum
+{
+ DELETE_EXIDX_ENTRY,
+ INSERT_EXIDX_CANTUNWIND_AT_END
+}
+arm_unwind_edit_type;
+
+/* A (sorted) list of edits to apply to an unwind table. */
+typedef struct arm_unwind_table_edit
+{
+ arm_unwind_edit_type type;
+ /* Note: we sometimes want to insert an unwind entry corresponding to a
+ section different from the one we're currently writing out, so record the
+ (text) section this edit relates to here. */
+ asection *linked_section;
+ unsigned int index;
+ struct arm_unwind_table_edit *next;
+}
+arm_unwind_table_edit;
+
typedef struct _arm_elf_section_data
{
+ /* Information about mapping symbols. */
struct bfd_elf_section_data elf;
unsigned int mapcount;
unsigned int mapsize;
elf32_arm_section_map *map;
+ /* Information about CPU errata. */
unsigned int erratumcount;
elf32_vfp11_erratum_list *erratumlist;
+ /* Information about unwind tables. */
+ union
+ {
+ /* Unwind info attached to a text section. */
+ struct
+ {
+ asection *arm_exidx_sec;
+ } text;
+
+ /* Unwind info attached to an .ARM.exidx section. */
+ struct
+ {
+ arm_unwind_table_edit *unwind_edit_list;
+ arm_unwind_table_edit *unwind_edit_tail;
+ } exidx;
+ } u;
}
_arm_elf_section_data;
#define elf32_arm_section_data(sec) \
((_arm_elf_section_data *) elf_section_data (sec))
+/* A fix which might be required for Cortex-A8 Thumb-2 branch/TLB erratum.
+ These fixes are subject to a relaxation procedure (in elf32_arm_size_stubs),
+ so may be created multiple times: we use an array of these entries whilst
+ relaxing which we can refresh easily, then create stubs for each potentially
+ erratum-triggering instruction once we've settled on a solution. */
+
+struct a8_erratum_fix {
+ bfd *input_bfd;
+ asection *section;
+ bfd_vma offset;
+ bfd_vma addend;
+ unsigned long orig_insn;
+ char *stub_name;
+ enum elf32_arm_stub_type stub_type;
+ enum arm_st_branch_type branch_type;
+};
+
+/* A table of relocs applied to branches which might trigger Cortex-A8
+ erratum. */
+
+struct a8_erratum_reloc {
+ bfd_vma from;
+ bfd_vma destination;
+ struct elf32_arm_link_hash_entry *hash;
+ const char *sym_name;
+ unsigned int r_type;
+ enum arm_st_branch_type branch_type;
+ bfd_boolean non_a8_stub;
+};
+
/* The size of the thread control block. */
#define TCB_SIZE 8
+/* ARM-specific information about a PLT entry, over and above the usual
+ gotplt_union. */
+struct arm_plt_info {
+ /* We reference count Thumb references to a PLT entry separately,
+ so that we can emit the Thumb trampoline only if needed. */
+ bfd_signed_vma thumb_refcount;
+
+ /* Some references from Thumb code may be eliminated by BL->BLX
+ conversion, so record them separately. */
+ bfd_signed_vma maybe_thumb_refcount;
+
+ /* How many of the recorded PLT accesses were from non-call relocations.
+ This information is useful when deciding whether anything takes the
+ address of an STT_GNU_IFUNC PLT. A value of 0 means that all
+ non-call references to the function should resolve directly to the
+ real runtime target. */
+ unsigned int noncall_refcount;
+
+ /* Since PLT entries have variable size if the Thumb prologue is
+ used, we need to record the index into .got.plt instead of
+ recomputing it from the PLT offset. */
+ bfd_signed_vma got_offset;
+};
+
+/* Information about an .iplt entry for a local STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol. */
+struct arm_local_iplt_info {
+ /* The information that is usually found in the generic ELF part of
+ the hash table entry. */
+ union gotplt_union root;
+
+ /* The information that is usually found in the ARM-specific part of
+ the hash table entry. */
+ struct arm_plt_info arm;
+
+ /* A list of all potential dynamic relocations against this symbol. */
+ struct elf_dyn_relocs *dyn_relocs;
+};
+
struct elf_arm_obj_tdata
{
struct elf_obj_tdata root;
/* tls_type for each local got entry. */
char *local_got_tls_type;
+ /* GOTPLT entries for TLS descriptors. */
+ bfd_vma *local_tlsdesc_gotent;
+
+ /* Information for local symbols that need entries in .iplt. */
+ struct arm_local_iplt_info **local_iplt;
+
/* Zero to warn when linking objects with incompatible enum sizes. */
int no_enum_size_warning;
#define elf32_arm_local_got_tls_type(bfd) \
(elf_arm_tdata (bfd)->local_got_tls_type)
+#define elf32_arm_local_tlsdesc_gotent(bfd) \
+ (elf_arm_tdata (bfd)->local_tlsdesc_gotent)
+
+#define elf32_arm_local_iplt(bfd) \
+ (elf_arm_tdata (bfd)->local_iplt)
+
#define is_arm_elf(bfd) \
(bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
&& elf_tdata (bfd) != NULL \
- && elf_object_id (bfd) == ARM_ELF_TDATA)
+ && elf_object_id (bfd) == ARM_ELF_DATA)
static bfd_boolean
elf32_arm_mkobject (bfd *abfd)
{
return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd, sizeof (struct elf_arm_obj_tdata),
- ARM_ELF_TDATA);
+ ARM_ELF_DATA);
}
-/* The ARM linker needs to keep track of the number of relocs that it
- decides to copy in check_relocs for each symbol. This is so that
- it can discard PC relative relocs if it doesn't need them when
- linking with -Bsymbolic. We store the information in a field
- extending the regular ELF linker hash table. */
-
-/* This structure keeps track of the number of relocs we have copied
- for a given symbol. */
-struct elf32_arm_relocs_copied
- {
- /* Next section. */
- struct elf32_arm_relocs_copied * next;
- /* A section in dynobj. */
- asection * section;
- /* Number of relocs copied in this section. */
- bfd_size_type count;
- /* Number of PC-relative relocs copied in this section. */
- bfd_size_type pc_count;
- };
-
#define elf32_arm_hash_entry(ent) ((struct elf32_arm_link_hash_entry *)(ent))
/* Arm ELF linker hash entry. */
{
struct elf_link_hash_entry root;
- /* Number of PC relative relocs copied for this symbol. */
- struct elf32_arm_relocs_copied * relocs_copied;
+ /* Track dynamic relocs copied for this symbol. */
+ struct elf_dyn_relocs *dyn_relocs;
- /* We reference count Thumb references to a PLT entry separately,
- so that we can emit the Thumb trampoline only if needed. */
- bfd_signed_vma plt_thumb_refcount;
-
- /* Some references from Thumb code may be eliminated by BL->BLX
- conversion, so record them separately. */
- bfd_signed_vma plt_maybe_thumb_refcount;
-
- /* Since PLT entries have variable size if the Thumb prologue is
- used, we need to record the index into .got.plt instead of
- recomputing it from the PLT offset. */
- bfd_signed_vma plt_got_offset;
+ /* ARM-specific PLT information. */
+ struct arm_plt_info plt;
#define GOT_UNKNOWN 0
#define GOT_NORMAL 1
#define GOT_TLS_GD 2
#define GOT_TLS_IE 4
- unsigned char tls_type;
+#define GOT_TLS_GDESC 8
+#define GOT_TLS_GD_ANY_P(type) ((type & GOT_TLS_GD) || (type & GOT_TLS_GDESC))
+ unsigned int tls_type : 8;
+
+ /* True if the symbol's PLT entry is in .iplt rather than .plt. */
+ unsigned int is_iplt : 1;
+
+ unsigned int unused : 23;
+
+ /* Offset of the GOTPLT entry reserved for the TLS descriptor,
+ starting at the end of the jump table. */
+ bfd_vma tlsdesc_got;
/* The symbol marking the real symbol location for exported thumb
symbols with Arm stubs. */
/* Get the ARM elf linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
#define elf32_arm_hash_table(info) \
- ((struct elf32_arm_link_hash_table *) ((info)->hash))
+ (elf_hash_table_id ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((info)->hash)) \
+ == ARM_ELF_DATA ? ((struct elf32_arm_link_hash_table *) ((info)->hash)) : NULL)
#define arm_stub_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy) \
((struct elf32_arm_stub_hash_entry *) \
bfd_hash_lookup ((table), (string), (create), (copy)))
+/* Array to keep track of which stub sections have been created, and
+ information on stub grouping. */
+struct map_stub
+{
+ /* This is the section to which stubs in the group will be
+ attached. */
+ asection *link_sec;
+ /* The stub section. */
+ asection *stub_sec;
+};
+
+#define elf32_arm_compute_jump_table_size(htab) \
+ ((htab)->next_tls_desc_index * 4)
+
/* ARM ELF linker hash table. */
struct elf32_arm_link_hash_table
{
veneers. */
bfd_size_type vfp11_erratum_glue_size;
+ /* A table of fix locations for Cortex-A8 Thumb-2 branch/TLB erratum. This
+ holds Cortex-A8 erratum fix locations between elf32_arm_size_stubs() and
+ elf32_arm_write_section(). */
+ struct a8_erratum_fix *a8_erratum_fixes;
+ unsigned int num_a8_erratum_fixes;
+
/* An arbitrary input BFD chosen to hold the glue sections. */
bfd * bfd_of_glue_owner;
2 = Generate v4 interworing stubs. */
int fix_v4bx;
+ /* Whether we should fix the Cortex-A8 Thumb-2 branch/TLB erratum. */
+ int fix_cortex_a8;
+
+ /* Whether we should fix the ARM1176 BLX immediate issue. */
+ int fix_arm1176;
+
/* Nonzero if the ARM/Thumb BLX instructions are available for use. */
int use_blx;
/* True if the target uses REL relocations. */
int use_rel;
+ /* The index of the next unused R_ARM_TLS_DESC slot in .rel.plt. */
+ bfd_vma next_tls_desc_index;
+
+ /* How many R_ARM_TLS_DESC relocations were generated so far. */
+ bfd_vma num_tls_desc;
+
/* Short-cuts to get to dynamic linker sections. */
- asection *sgot;
- asection *sgotplt;
- asection *srelgot;
- asection *splt;
- asection *srelplt;
asection *sdynbss;
asection *srelbss;
/* The (unloaded but important) VxWorks .rela.plt.unloaded section. */
asection *srelplt2;
+ /* The offset into splt of the PLT entry for the TLS descriptor
+ resolver. Special values are 0, if not necessary (or not found
+ to be necessary yet), and -1 if needed but not determined
+ yet. */
+ bfd_vma dt_tlsdesc_plt;
+
+ /* The offset into sgot of the GOT entry used by the PLT entry
+ above. */
+ bfd_vma dt_tlsdesc_got;
+
+ /* Offset in .plt section of tls_arm_trampoline. */
+ bfd_vma tls_trampoline;
+
/* Data for R_ARM_TLS_LDM32 relocations. */
union
{
bfd_vma offset;
} tls_ldm_got;
- /* Small local sym to section mapping cache. */
- struct sym_sec_cache sym_sec;
+ /* Small local sym cache. */
+ struct sym_cache sym_cache;
/* For convenience in allocate_dynrelocs. */
bfd * obfd;
+ /* The amount of space used by the reserved portion of the sgotplt
+ section, plus whatever space is used by the jump slots. */
+ bfd_vma sgotplt_jump_table_size;
+
/* The stub hash table. */
struct bfd_hash_table stub_hash_table;
/* Array to keep track of which stub sections have been created, and
information on stub grouping. */
- struct map_stub
- {
- /* This is the section to which stubs in the group will be
- attached. */
- asection *link_sec;
- /* The stub section. */
- asection *stub_sec;
- } *stub_group;
+ struct map_stub *stub_group;
+
+ /* Number of elements in stub_group. */
+ int top_id;
/* Assorted information used by elf32_arm_size_stubs. */
unsigned int bfd_count;
/* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
subclass. */
if (ret == NULL)
- ret = bfd_hash_allocate (table, sizeof (struct elf32_arm_link_hash_entry));
+ ret = (struct elf32_arm_link_hash_entry *)
+ bfd_hash_allocate (table, sizeof (struct elf32_arm_link_hash_entry));
if (ret == NULL)
return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
table, string));
if (ret != NULL)
{
- ret->relocs_copied = NULL;
+ ret->dyn_relocs = NULL;
ret->tls_type = GOT_UNKNOWN;
- ret->plt_thumb_refcount = 0;
- ret->plt_maybe_thumb_refcount = 0;
- ret->plt_got_offset = -1;
+ ret->tlsdesc_got = (bfd_vma) -1;
+ ret->plt.thumb_refcount = 0;
+ ret->plt.maybe_thumb_refcount = 0;
+ ret->plt.noncall_refcount = 0;
+ ret->plt.got_offset = -1;
+ ret->is_iplt = FALSE;
ret->export_glue = NULL;
ret->stub_cache = NULL;
return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
}
-/* Initialize an entry in the stub hash table. */
+/* Ensure that we have allocated bookkeeping structures for ABFD's local
+ symbols. */
-static struct bfd_hash_entry *
-stub_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
- struct bfd_hash_table *table,
- const char *string)
+static bfd_boolean
+elf32_arm_allocate_local_sym_info (bfd *abfd)
{
- /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
- subclass. */
- if (entry == NULL)
+ if (elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd) == NULL)
{
- entry = bfd_hash_allocate (table,
- sizeof (struct elf32_arm_stub_hash_entry));
- if (entry == NULL)
- return entry;
- }
+ bfd_size_type num_syms;
+ bfd_size_type size;
+ char *data;
+
+ num_syms = elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_info;
+ size = num_syms * (sizeof (bfd_signed_vma)
+ + sizeof (struct arm_local_iplt_info *)
+ + sizeof (bfd_vma)
+ + sizeof (char));
+ data = bfd_zalloc (abfd, size);
+ if (data == NULL)
+ return FALSE;
- /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
- entry = bfd_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string);
- if (entry != NULL)
- {
- struct elf32_arm_stub_hash_entry *eh;
+ elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd) = (bfd_signed_vma *) data;
+ data += num_syms * sizeof (bfd_signed_vma);
- /* Initialize the local fields. */
- eh = (struct elf32_arm_stub_hash_entry *) entry;
- eh->stub_sec = NULL;
- eh->stub_offset = 0;
- eh->target_value = 0;
- eh->target_section = NULL;
- eh->stub_type = arm_stub_none;
- eh->stub_size = 0;
- eh->stub_template = NULL;
- eh->stub_template_size = 0;
- eh->h = NULL;
- eh->id_sec = NULL;
- }
+ elf32_arm_local_iplt (abfd) = (struct arm_local_iplt_info **) data;
+ data += num_syms * sizeof (struct arm_local_iplt_info *);
- return entry;
+ elf32_arm_local_tlsdesc_gotent (abfd) = (bfd_vma *) data;
+ data += num_syms * sizeof (bfd_vma);
+
+ elf32_arm_local_got_tls_type (abfd) = data;
+ }
+ return TRUE;
}
-/* Create .got, .gotplt, and .rel(a).got sections in DYNOBJ, and set up
- shortcuts to them in our hash table. */
+/* Return the .iplt information for local symbol R_SYMNDX, which belongs
+ to input bfd ABFD. Create the information if it doesn't already exist.
+ Return null if an allocation fails. */
-static bfd_boolean
-create_got_section (bfd *dynobj, struct bfd_link_info *info)
+static struct arm_local_iplt_info *
+elf32_arm_create_local_iplt (bfd *abfd, unsigned long r_symndx)
{
- struct elf32_arm_link_hash_table *htab;
+ struct arm_local_iplt_info **ptr;
- htab = elf32_arm_hash_table (info);
- /* BPABI objects never have a GOT, or associated sections. */
- if (htab->symbian_p)
- return TRUE;
+ if (!elf32_arm_allocate_local_sym_info (abfd))
+ return NULL;
- if (! _bfd_elf_create_got_section (dynobj, info))
- return FALSE;
+ BFD_ASSERT (r_symndx < elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_info);
+ ptr = &elf32_arm_local_iplt (abfd)[r_symndx];
+ if (*ptr == NULL)
+ *ptr = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (**ptr));
+ return *ptr;
+}
- htab->sgot = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".got");
- htab->sgotplt = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".got.plt");
- if (!htab->sgot || !htab->sgotplt)
- abort ();
+/* Try to obtain PLT information for the symbol with index R_SYMNDX
+ in ABFD's symbol table. If the symbol is global, H points to its
+ hash table entry, otherwise H is null.
- htab->srelgot = bfd_make_section_with_flags (dynobj,
- RELOC_SECTION (htab, ".got"),
- (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
- | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
- | SEC_IN_MEMORY
- | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
- | SEC_READONLY));
- if (htab->srelgot == NULL
- || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, htab->srelgot, 2))
- return FALSE;
- return TRUE;
-}
+ Return true if the symbol does have PLT information. When returning
+ true, point *ROOT_PLT at the target-independent reference count/offset
+ union and *ARM_PLT at the ARM-specific information. */
-/* Create .plt, .rel(a).plt, .got, .got.plt, .rel(a).got, .dynbss, and
+static bfd_boolean
+elf32_arm_get_plt_info (bfd *abfd, struct elf32_arm_link_hash_entry *h,
+ unsigned long r_symndx, union gotplt_union **root_plt,
+ struct arm_plt_info **arm_plt)
+{
+ struct arm_local_iplt_info *local_iplt;
+
+ if (h != NULL)
+ {
+ *root_plt = &h->root.plt;
+ *arm_plt = &h->plt;
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+
+ if (elf32_arm_local_iplt (abfd) == NULL)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ local_iplt = elf32_arm_local_iplt (abfd)[r_symndx];
+ if (local_iplt == NULL)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ *root_plt = &local_iplt->root;
+ *arm_plt = &local_iplt->arm;
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+/* Return true if the PLT described by ARM_PLT requires a Thumb stub
+ before it. */
+
+static bfd_boolean
+elf32_arm_plt_needs_thumb_stub_p (struct bfd_link_info *info,
+ struct arm_plt_info *arm_plt)
+{
+ struct elf32_arm_link_hash_table *htab;
+
+ htab = elf32_arm_hash_table (info);
+ return (arm_plt->thumb_refcount != 0
+ || (!htab->use_blx && arm_plt->maybe_thumb_refcount != 0));
+}
+
+/* Return a pointer to the head of the dynamic reloc list that should
+ be used for local symbol ISYM, which is symbol number R_SYMNDX in
+ ABFD's symbol table. Return null if an error occurs. */
+
+static struct elf_dyn_relocs **
+elf32_arm_get_local_dynreloc_list (bfd *abfd, unsigned long r_symndx,
+ Elf_Internal_Sym *isym)
+{
+ if (ELF32_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
+ {
+ struct arm_local_iplt_info *local_iplt;
+
+ local_iplt = elf32_arm_create_local_iplt (abfd, r_symndx);
+ if (local_iplt == NULL)
+ return NULL;
+ return &local_iplt->dyn_relocs;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Track dynamic relocs needed for local syms too.
+ We really need local syms available to do this
+ easily. Oh well. */
+ asection *s;
+ void *vpp;
+
+ s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
+ if (s == NULL)
+ abort ();
+
+ vpp = &elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel;
+ return (struct elf_dyn_relocs **) vpp;
+ }
+}
+
+/* Initialize an entry in the stub hash table. */
+
+static struct bfd_hash_entry *
+stub_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
+ struct bfd_hash_table *table,
+ const char *string)
+{
+ /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
+ subclass. */
+ if (entry == NULL)
+ {
+ entry = (struct bfd_hash_entry *)
+ bfd_hash_allocate (table, sizeof (struct elf32_arm_stub_hash_entry));
+ if (entry == NULL)
+ return entry;
+ }
+
+ /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
+ entry = bfd_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string);
+ if (entry != NULL)
+ {
+ struct elf32_arm_stub_hash_entry *eh;
+
+ /* Initialize the local fields. */
+ eh = (struct elf32_arm_stub_hash_entry *) entry;
+ eh->stub_sec = NULL;
+ eh->stub_offset = 0;
+ eh->target_value = 0;
+ eh->target_section = NULL;
+ eh->target_addend = 0;
+ eh->orig_insn = 0;
+ eh->stub_type = arm_stub_none;
+ eh->stub_size = 0;
+ eh->stub_template = NULL;
+ eh->stub_template_size = 0;
+ eh->h = NULL;
+ eh->id_sec = NULL;
+ eh->output_name = NULL;
+ }
+
+ return entry;
+}
+
+/* Create .got, .gotplt, and .rel(a).got sections in DYNOBJ, and set up
+ shortcuts to them in our hash table. */
+
+static bfd_boolean
+create_got_section (bfd *dynobj, struct bfd_link_info *info)
+{
+ struct elf32_arm_link_hash_table *htab;
+
+ htab = elf32_arm_hash_table (info);
+ if (htab == NULL)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ /* BPABI objects never have a GOT, or associated sections. */
+ if (htab->symbian_p)
+ return TRUE;
+
+ if (! _bfd_elf_create_got_section (dynobj, info))
+ return FALSE;
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+/* Create the .iplt, .rel(a).iplt and .igot.plt sections. */
+
+static bfd_boolean
+create_ifunc_sections (struct bfd_link_info *info)
+{
+ struct elf32_arm_link_hash_table *htab;
+ const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
+ bfd *dynobj;
+ asection *s;
+ flagword flags;
+
+ htab = elf32_arm_hash_table (info);
+ dynobj = htab->root.dynobj;
+ bed = get_elf_backend_data (dynobj);
+ flags = bed->dynamic_sec_flags;
+
+ if (htab->root.iplt == NULL)
+ {
+ s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (dynobj, ".iplt",
+ flags | SEC_READONLY | SEC_CODE);
+ if (s == NULL
+ || !bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, bed->plt_alignment))
+ return FALSE;
+ htab->root.iplt = s;
+ }
+
+ if (htab->root.irelplt == NULL)
+ {
+ s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (dynobj, RELOC_SECTION (htab, ".iplt"),
+ flags | SEC_READONLY);
+ if (s == NULL
+ || !bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, bed->s->log_file_align))
+ return FALSE;
+ htab->root.irelplt = s;
+ }
+
+ if (htab->root.igotplt == NULL)
+ {
+ s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (dynobj, ".igot.plt", flags);
+ if (s == NULL
+ || !bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, s, bed->s->log_file_align))
+ return FALSE;
+ htab->root.igotplt = s;
+ }
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+/* Create .plt, .rel(a).plt, .got, .got.plt, .rel(a).got, .dynbss, and
.rel(a).bss sections in DYNOBJ, and set up shortcuts to them in our
hash table. */
struct elf32_arm_link_hash_table *htab;
htab = elf32_arm_hash_table (info);
- if (!htab->sgot && !create_got_section (dynobj, info))
+ if (htab == NULL)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ if (!htab->root.sgot && !create_got_section (dynobj, info))
return FALSE;
if (!_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (dynobj, info))
return FALSE;
- htab->splt = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".plt");
- htab->srelplt = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj,
- RELOC_SECTION (htab, ".plt"));
htab->sdynbss = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".dynbss");
if (!info->shared)
htab->srelbss = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj,
}
}
- if (!htab->splt
- || !htab->srelplt
+ if (!htab->root.splt
+ || !htab->root.srelplt
|| !htab->sdynbss
|| (!info->shared && !htab->srelbss))
abort ();
edir = (struct elf32_arm_link_hash_entry *) dir;
eind = (struct elf32_arm_link_hash_entry *) ind;
- if (eind->relocs_copied != NULL)
+ if (eind->dyn_relocs != NULL)
{
- if (edir->relocs_copied != NULL)
+ if (edir->dyn_relocs != NULL)
{
- struct elf32_arm_relocs_copied **pp;
- struct elf32_arm_relocs_copied *p;
+ struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp;
+ struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
/* Add reloc counts against the indirect sym to the direct sym
list. Merge any entries against the same section. */
- for (pp = &eind->relocs_copied; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
+ for (pp = &eind->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
{
- struct elf32_arm_relocs_copied *q;
+ struct elf_dyn_relocs *q;
- for (q = edir->relocs_copied; q != NULL; q = q->next)
- if (q->section == p->section)
+ for (q = edir->dyn_relocs; q != NULL; q = q->next)
+ if (q->sec == p->sec)
{
q->pc_count += p->pc_count;
q->count += p->count;
if (q == NULL)
pp = &p->next;
}
- *pp = edir->relocs_copied;
+ *pp = edir->dyn_relocs;
}
- edir->relocs_copied = eind->relocs_copied;
- eind->relocs_copied = NULL;
+ edir->dyn_relocs = eind->dyn_relocs;
+ eind->dyn_relocs = NULL;
}
if (ind->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
{
/* Copy over PLT info. */
- edir->plt_thumb_refcount += eind->plt_thumb_refcount;
- eind->plt_thumb_refcount = 0;
- edir->plt_maybe_thumb_refcount += eind->plt_maybe_thumb_refcount;
- eind->plt_maybe_thumb_refcount = 0;
+ edir->plt.thumb_refcount += eind->plt.thumb_refcount;
+ eind->plt.thumb_refcount = 0;
+ edir->plt.maybe_thumb_refcount += eind->plt.maybe_thumb_refcount;
+ eind->plt.maybe_thumb_refcount = 0;
+ edir->plt.noncall_refcount += eind->plt.noncall_refcount;
+ eind->plt.noncall_refcount = 0;
+
+ /* We should only allocate a function to .iplt once the final
+ symbol information is known. */
+ BFD_ASSERT (!eind->is_iplt);
if (dir->got.refcount <= 0)
{
struct elf32_arm_link_hash_table *ret;
bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct elf32_arm_link_hash_table);
- ret = bfd_malloc (amt);
+ ret = (struct elf32_arm_link_hash_table *) bfd_malloc (amt);
if (ret == NULL)
return NULL;
if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (& ret->root, abfd,
elf32_arm_link_hash_newfunc,
- sizeof (struct elf32_arm_link_hash_entry)))
+ sizeof (struct elf32_arm_link_hash_entry),
+ ARM_ELF_DATA))
{
free (ret);
return NULL;
}
- ret->sgot = NULL;
- ret->sgotplt = NULL;
- ret->srelgot = NULL;
- ret->splt = NULL;
- ret->srelplt = NULL;
ret->sdynbss = NULL;
ret->srelbss = NULL;
ret->srelplt2 = NULL;
+ ret->dt_tlsdesc_plt = 0;
+ ret->dt_tlsdesc_got = 0;
+ ret->tls_trampoline = 0;
+ ret->next_tls_desc_index = 0;
+ ret->num_tls_desc = 0;
ret->thumb_glue_size = 0;
ret->arm_glue_size = 0;
ret->bx_glue_size = 0;
ret->vfp11_fix = BFD_ARM_VFP11_FIX_NONE;
ret->vfp11_erratum_glue_size = 0;
ret->num_vfp11_fixes = 0;
+ ret->fix_cortex_a8 = 0;
+ ret->fix_arm1176 = 0;
ret->bfd_of_glue_owner = NULL;
ret->byteswap_code = 0;
ret->target1_is_rel = 0;
ret->vxworks_p = 0;
ret->symbian_p = 0;
ret->use_rel = 1;
- ret->sym_sec.abfd = NULL;
+ ret->sym_cache.abfd = NULL;
ret->obfd = abfd;
ret->tls_ldm_got.refcount = 0;
ret->stub_bfd = NULL;
ret->add_stub_section = NULL;
ret->layout_sections_again = NULL;
ret->stub_group = NULL;
+ ret->top_id = 0;
ret->bfd_count = 0;
ret->top_index = 0;
ret->input_list = NULL;
Tag_CPU_arch);
int profile;
- if (arch != TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7)
+ if (arch == TAG_CPU_ARCH_V6_M || arch == TAG_CPU_ARCH_V6S_M)
+ return TRUE;
+
+ if (arch != TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7 && arch != TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7E_M)
return FALSE;
profile = bfd_elf_get_obj_attr_int (globals->obfd, OBJ_ATTR_PROC,
return arch == TAG_CPU_ARCH_V6T2 || arch >= TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7;
}
+/* Determine what kind of NOPs are available. */
+
+static bfd_boolean
+arch_has_arm_nop (struct elf32_arm_link_hash_table *globals)
+{
+ const int arch = bfd_elf_get_obj_attr_int (globals->obfd, OBJ_ATTR_PROC,
+ Tag_CPU_arch);
+ return arch == TAG_CPU_ARCH_V6T2
+ || arch == TAG_CPU_ARCH_V6K
+ || arch == TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7
+ || arch == TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7E_M;
+}
+
+static bfd_boolean
+arch_has_thumb2_nop (struct elf32_arm_link_hash_table *globals)
+{
+ const int arch = bfd_elf_get_obj_attr_int (globals->obfd, OBJ_ATTR_PROC,
+ Tag_CPU_arch);
+ return (arch == TAG_CPU_ARCH_V6T2 || arch == TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7
+ || arch == TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7E_M);
+}
+
static bfd_boolean
arm_stub_is_thumb (enum elf32_arm_stub_type stub_type)
{
case arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_arm:
case arm_stub_short_branch_v4t_thumb_arm:
case arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_arm_pic:
+ case arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_tls_pic:
case arm_stub_long_branch_thumb_only_pic:
return TRUE;
case arm_stub_none:
asection *input_sec,
const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
unsigned char st_type,
+ enum arm_st_branch_type *actual_branch_type,
struct elf32_arm_link_hash_entry *hash,
bfd_vma destination,
asection *sym_sec,
int thumb_only;
enum elf32_arm_stub_type stub_type = arm_stub_none;
int use_plt = 0;
+ enum arm_st_branch_type branch_type = *actual_branch_type;
+ union gotplt_union *root_plt;
+ struct arm_plt_info *arm_plt;
- /* We don't know the actual type of destination in case it is of
- type STT_SECTION: give up. */
- if (st_type == STT_SECTION)
+ if (branch_type == ST_BRANCH_LONG)
return stub_type;
globals = elf32_arm_hash_table (info);
+ if (globals == NULL)
+ return stub_type;
thumb_only = using_thumb_only (globals);
+ input_sec->output_section->vma
+ rel->r_offset);
- branch_offset = (bfd_signed_vma)(destination - location);
-
r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
- /* Keep a simpler condition, for the sake of clarity. */
- if (globals->splt != NULL && hash != NULL && hash->root.plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
+ /* For TLS call relocs, it is the caller's responsibility to provide
+ the address of the appropriate trampoline. */
+ if (r_type != R_ARM_TLS_CALL
+ && r_type != R_ARM_THM_TLS_CALL
+ && elf32_arm_get_plt_info (input_bfd, hash, ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info),
+ &root_plt, &arm_plt)
+ && root_plt->offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
{
- use_plt = 1;
- /* Note when dealing with PLT entries: the main PLT stub is in
- ARM mode, so if the branch is in Thumb mode, another
- Thumb->ARM stub will be inserted later just before the ARM
- PLT stub. We don't take this extra distance into account
- here, because if a long branch stub is needed, we'll add a
- Thumb->Arm one and branch directly to the ARM PLT entry
- because it avoids spreading offset corrections in several
- places. */
+ asection *splt;
+
+ if (hash == NULL || hash->is_iplt)
+ splt = globals->root.iplt;
+ else
+ splt = globals->root.splt;
+ if (splt != NULL)
+ {
+ use_plt = 1;
+
+ /* Note when dealing with PLT entries: the main PLT stub is in
+ ARM mode, so if the branch is in Thumb mode, another
+ Thumb->ARM stub will be inserted later just before the ARM
+ PLT stub. We don't take this extra distance into account
+ here, because if a long branch stub is needed, we'll add a
+ Thumb->Arm one and branch directly to the ARM PLT entry
+ because it avoids spreading offset corrections in several
+ places. */
+
+ destination = (splt->output_section->vma
+ + splt->output_offset
+ + root_plt->offset);
+ st_type = STT_FUNC;
+ branch_type = ST_BRANCH_TO_ARM;
+ }
}
+ /* Calls to STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols should go through a PLT. */
+ BFD_ASSERT (st_type != STT_GNU_IFUNC);
+
+ branch_offset = (bfd_signed_vma)(destination - location);
- if (r_type == R_ARM_THM_CALL)
+ if (r_type == R_ARM_THM_CALL || r_type == R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
+ || r_type == R_ARM_THM_TLS_CALL)
{
/* Handle cases where:
- this call goes too far (different Thumb/Thumb2 max
distance)
- - it's a Thumb->Arm call and blx is not available. A stub is
- needed in this case, but only if this call is not through a
- PLT entry. Indeed, PLT stubs handle mode switching already.
+ - it's a Thumb->Arm call and blx is not available, or it's a
+ Thumb->Arm branch (not bl). A stub is needed in this case,
+ but only if this call is not through a PLT entry. Indeed,
+ PLT stubs handle mode switching already.
*/
if ((!thumb2
&& (branch_offset > THM_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
|| (thumb2
&& (branch_offset > THM2_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
|| (branch_offset < THM2_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET)))
- || ((st_type != STT_ARM_TFUNC)
- && ((r_type == R_ARM_THM_CALL) && !globals->use_blx)
+ || (branch_type == ST_BRANCH_TO_ARM
+ && (((r_type == R_ARM_THM_CALL
+ || r_type == R_ARM_THM_TLS_CALL) && !globals->use_blx)
+ || (r_type == R_ARM_THM_JUMP24))
&& !use_plt))
{
- if (st_type == STT_ARM_TFUNC)
+ if (branch_type == ST_BRANCH_TO_THUMB)
{
/* Thumb to thumb. */
if (!thumb_only)
{
stub_type = (info->shared | globals->pic_veneer)
/* PIC stubs. */
- ? ((globals->use_blx)
- /* V5T and above. */
+ ? ((globals->use_blx
+ && (r_type ==R_ARM_THM_CALL))
+ /* V5T and above. Stub starts with ARM code, so
+ we must be able to switch mode before
+ reaching it, which is only possible for 'bl'
+ (ie R_ARM_THM_CALL relocation). */
? arm_stub_long_branch_any_thumb_pic
/* On V4T, use Thumb code only. */
: arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_thumb_pic)
/* non-PIC stubs. */
- : ((globals->use_blx)
+ : ((globals->use_blx
+ && (r_type ==R_ARM_THM_CALL))
/* V5T and above. */
? arm_stub_long_branch_any_any
/* V4T. */
sym_sec->owner, input_bfd, name);
}
- stub_type = (info->shared | globals->pic_veneer)
+ stub_type =
+ (info->shared | globals->pic_veneer)
/* PIC stubs. */
- ? ((globals->use_blx)
- /* V5T and above. */
- ? arm_stub_long_branch_any_arm_pic
- /* V4T PIC stub. */
- : arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_arm_pic)
+ ? (r_type == R_ARM_THM_TLS_CALL
+ /* TLS PIC stubs */
+ ? (globals->use_blx ? arm_stub_long_branch_any_tls_pic
+ : arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_tls_pic)
+ : ((globals->use_blx && r_type == R_ARM_THM_CALL)
+ /* V5T PIC and above. */
+ ? arm_stub_long_branch_any_arm_pic
+ /* V4T PIC stub. */
+ : arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_arm_pic))
/* non-PIC stubs. */
- : ((globals->use_blx)
+ : ((globals->use_blx && r_type == R_ARM_THM_CALL)
/* V5T and above. */
? arm_stub_long_branch_any_any
/* V4T. */
}
}
}
- else if (r_type == R_ARM_CALL)
+ else if (r_type == R_ARM_CALL
+ || r_type == R_ARM_JUMP24
+ || r_type == R_ARM_PLT32
+ || r_type == R_ARM_TLS_CALL)
{
- if (st_type == STT_ARM_TFUNC)
+ if (branch_type == ST_BRANCH_TO_THUMB)
{
/* Arm to thumb. */
the mode change (bit 24 (H) of BLX encoding). */
if (branch_offset > (ARM_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET + 2)
|| (branch_offset < ARM_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET)
- || !globals->use_blx)
+ || (r_type == R_ARM_CALL && !globals->use_blx)
+ || (r_type == R_ARM_JUMP24)
+ || (r_type == R_ARM_PLT32))
{
stub_type = (info->shared | globals->pic_veneer)
/* PIC stubs. */
if (branch_offset > ARM_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
|| (branch_offset < ARM_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET))
{
- stub_type = (info->shared | globals->pic_veneer)
+ stub_type =
+ (info->shared | globals->pic_veneer)
/* PIC stubs. */
- ? arm_stub_long_branch_any_arm_pic
+ ? (r_type == R_ARM_TLS_CALL
+ /* TLS PIC Stub */
+ ? arm_stub_long_branch_any_tls_pic
+ : arm_stub_long_branch_any_arm_pic)
/* non-PIC stubs. */
: arm_stub_long_branch_any_any;
}
}
}
+ /* If a stub is needed, record the actual destination type. */
+ if (stub_type != arm_stub_none)
+ *actual_branch_type = branch_type;
+
return stub_type;
}
elf32_arm_stub_name (const asection *input_section,
const asection *sym_sec,
const struct elf32_arm_link_hash_entry *hash,
- const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel)
+ const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
+ enum elf32_arm_stub_type stub_type)
{
char *stub_name;
bfd_size_type len;
if (hash)
{
- len = 8 + 1 + strlen (hash->root.root.root.string) + 1 + 8 + 1;
- stub_name = bfd_malloc (len);
+ len = 8 + 1 + strlen (hash->root.root.root.string) + 1 + 8 + 1 + 2 + 1;
+ stub_name = (char *) bfd_malloc (len);
if (stub_name != NULL)
- sprintf (stub_name, "%08x_%s+%x",
+ sprintf (stub_name, "%08x_%s+%x_%d",
input_section->id & 0xffffffff,
hash->root.root.root.string,
- (int) rel->r_addend & 0xffffffff);
+ (int) rel->r_addend & 0xffffffff,
+ (int) stub_type);
}
else
{
- len = 8 + 1 + 8 + 1 + 8 + 1 + 8 + 1;
- stub_name = bfd_malloc (len);
+ len = 8 + 1 + 8 + 1 + 8 + 1 + 8 + 1 + 2 + 1;
+ stub_name = (char *) bfd_malloc (len);
if (stub_name != NULL)
- sprintf (stub_name, "%08x_%x:%x+%x",
+ sprintf (stub_name, "%08x_%x:%x+%x_%d",
input_section->id & 0xffffffff,
sym_sec->id & 0xffffffff,
- (int) ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info) & 0xffffffff,
- (int) rel->r_addend & 0xffffffff);
+ ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_ARM_TLS_CALL
+ || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_ARM_THM_TLS_CALL
+ ? 0 : (int) ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info) & 0xffffffff,
+ (int) rel->r_addend & 0xffffffff,
+ (int) stub_type);
}
return stub_name;
const asection *sym_sec,
struct elf_link_hash_entry *hash,
const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
- struct elf32_arm_link_hash_table *htab)
+ struct elf32_arm_link_hash_table *htab,
+ enum elf32_arm_stub_type stub_type)
{
struct elf32_arm_stub_hash_entry *stub_entry;
struct elf32_arm_link_hash_entry *h = (struct elf32_arm_link_hash_entry *) hash;
if (h != NULL && h->stub_cache != NULL
&& h->stub_cache->h == h
- && h->stub_cache->id_sec == id_sec)
+ && h->stub_cache->id_sec == id_sec
+ && h->stub_cache->stub_type == stub_type)
{
stub_entry = h->stub_cache;
}
{
char *stub_name;
- stub_name = elf32_arm_stub_name (id_sec, sym_sec, h, rel);
+ stub_name = elf32_arm_stub_name (id_sec, sym_sec, h, rel, stub_type);
if (stub_name == NULL)
return NULL;
return stub_entry;
}
-/* Add a new stub entry to the stub hash. Not all fields of the new
- stub entry are initialised. */
+/* Find or create a stub section. Returns a pointer to the stub section, and
+ the section to which the stub section will be attached (in *LINK_SEC_P).
+ LINK_SEC_P may be NULL. */
-static struct elf32_arm_stub_hash_entry *
-elf32_arm_add_stub (const char *stub_name,
- asection *section,
- struct elf32_arm_link_hash_table *htab)
+static asection *
+elf32_arm_create_or_find_stub_sec (asection **link_sec_p, asection *section,
+ struct elf32_arm_link_hash_table *htab)
{
asection *link_sec;
asection *stub_sec;
- struct elf32_arm_stub_hash_entry *stub_entry;
link_sec = htab->stub_group[section->id].link_sec;
stub_sec = htab->stub_group[section->id].stub_sec;
namelen = strlen (link_sec->name);
len = namelen + sizeof (STUB_SUFFIX);
- s_name = bfd_alloc (htab->stub_bfd, len);
+ s_name = (char *) bfd_alloc (htab->stub_bfd, len);
if (s_name == NULL)
return NULL;
}
htab->stub_group[section->id].stub_sec = stub_sec;
}
+
+ if (link_sec_p)
+ *link_sec_p = link_sec;
+
+ return stub_sec;
+}
+
+/* Add a new stub entry to the stub hash. Not all fields of the new
+ stub entry are initialised. */
+
+static struct elf32_arm_stub_hash_entry *
+elf32_arm_add_stub (const char *stub_name,
+ asection *section,
+ struct elf32_arm_link_hash_table *htab)
+{
+ asection *link_sec;
+ asection *stub_sec;
+ struct elf32_arm_stub_hash_entry *stub_entry;
+
+ stub_sec = elf32_arm_create_or_find_stub_sec (&link_sec, section, htab);
+ if (stub_sec == NULL)
+ return NULL;
/* Enter this entry into the linker stub hash table. */
stub_entry = arm_stub_hash_lookup (&htab->stub_hash_table, stub_name,
bfd_putb16 (val, ptr);
}
+/* If it's possible to change R_TYPE to a more efficient access
+ model, return the new reloc type. */
+
+static unsigned
+elf32_arm_tls_transition (struct bfd_link_info *info, int r_type,
+ struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
+{
+ int is_local = (h == NULL);
+
+ if (info->shared || (h && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
+ return r_type;
+
+ /* We do not support relaxations for Old TLS models. */
+ switch (r_type)
+ {
+ case R_ARM_TLS_GOTDESC:
+ case R_ARM_TLS_CALL:
+ case R_ARM_THM_TLS_CALL:
+ case R_ARM_TLS_DESCSEQ:
+ case R_ARM_THM_TLS_DESCSEQ:
+ return is_local ? R_ARM_TLS_LE32 : R_ARM_TLS_IE32;
+ }
+
+ return r_type;
+}
+
+static bfd_reloc_status_type elf32_arm_final_link_relocate
+ (reloc_howto_type *, bfd *, bfd *, asection *, bfd_byte *,
+ Elf_Internal_Rela *, bfd_vma, struct bfd_link_info *, asection *,
+ const char *, unsigned char, enum arm_st_branch_type,
+ struct elf_link_hash_entry *, bfd_boolean *, char **);
+
+static unsigned int
+arm_stub_required_alignment (enum elf32_arm_stub_type stub_type)
+{
+ switch (stub_type)
+ {
+ case arm_stub_a8_veneer_b_cond:
+ case arm_stub_a8_veneer_b:
+ case arm_stub_a8_veneer_bl:
+ return 2;
+
+ case arm_stub_long_branch_any_any:
+ case arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_arm_thumb:
+ case arm_stub_long_branch_thumb_only:
+ case arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_thumb:
+ case arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_arm:
+ case arm_stub_short_branch_v4t_thumb_arm:
+ case arm_stub_long_branch_any_arm_pic:
+ case arm_stub_long_branch_any_thumb_pic:
+ case arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_thumb_pic:
+ case arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_arm_thumb_pic:
+ case arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_arm_pic:
+ case arm_stub_long_branch_thumb_only_pic:
+ case arm_stub_long_branch_any_tls_pic:
+ case arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_tls_pic:
+ case arm_stub_a8_veneer_blx:
+ return 4;
+
+ default:
+ abort (); /* Should be unreachable. */
+ }
+}
+
static bfd_boolean
arm_build_one_stub (struct bfd_hash_entry *gen_entry,
void * in_arg)
{
+#define MAXRELOCS 2
struct elf32_arm_stub_hash_entry *stub_entry;
+ struct elf32_arm_link_hash_table *globals;
struct bfd_link_info *info;
- struct elf32_arm_link_hash_table *htab;
asection *stub_sec;
bfd *stub_bfd;
- bfd_vma stub_addr;
bfd_byte *loc;
bfd_vma sym_value;
int template_size;
int size;
- const insn_sequence *template;
+ const insn_sequence *template_sequence;
int i;
- struct elf32_arm_link_hash_table * globals;
- int stub_reloc_idx = -1;
- int stub_reloc_offset = 0;
+ int stub_reloc_idx[MAXRELOCS] = {-1, -1};
+ int stub_reloc_offset[MAXRELOCS] = {0, 0};
+ int nrelocs = 0;
/* Massage our args to the form they really have. */
stub_entry = (struct elf32_arm_stub_hash_entry *) gen_entry;
info = (struct bfd_link_info *) in_arg;
globals = elf32_arm_hash_table (info);
+ if (globals == NULL)
+ return FALSE;
- htab = elf32_arm_hash_table (info);
stub_sec = stub_entry->stub_sec;
+ if ((globals->fix_cortex_a8 < 0)
+ != (arm_stub_required_alignment (stub_entry->stub_type) == 2))
+ /* We have to do less-strictly-aligned fixes last. */
+ return TRUE;
+
/* Make a note of the offset within the stubs for this entry. */
stub_entry->stub_offset = stub_sec->size;
loc = stub_sec->contents + stub_entry->stub_offset;
stub_bfd = stub_sec->owner;
- /* This is the address of the start of the stub. */
- stub_addr = stub_sec->output_section->vma + stub_sec->output_offset
- + stub_entry->stub_offset;
-
/* This is the address of the stub destination. */
sym_value = (stub_entry->target_value
+ stub_entry->target_section->output_offset
+ stub_entry->target_section->output_section->vma);
- template = stub_entry->stub_template;
+ template_sequence = stub_entry->stub_template;
template_size = stub_entry->stub_template_size;
size = 0;
for (i = 0; i < template_size; i++)
{
- switch (template[i].type)
+ switch (template_sequence[i].type)
{
case THUMB16_TYPE:
- put_thumb_insn (globals, stub_bfd, template[i].data, loc + size);
- size += 2;
+ {
+ bfd_vma data = (bfd_vma) template_sequence[i].data;
+ if (template_sequence[i].reloc_addend != 0)
+ {
+ /* We've borrowed the reloc_addend field to mean we should
+ insert a condition code into this (Thumb-1 branch)
+ instruction. See THUMB16_BCOND_INSN. */
+ BFD_ASSERT ((data & 0xff00) == 0xd000);
+ data |= ((stub_entry->orig_insn >> 22) & 0xf) << 8;
+ }
+ bfd_put_16 (stub_bfd, data, loc + size);
+ size += 2;
+ }
break;
+ case THUMB32_TYPE:
+ bfd_put_16 (stub_bfd,
+ (template_sequence[i].data >> 16) & 0xffff,
+ loc + size);
+ bfd_put_16 (stub_bfd, template_sequence[i].data & 0xffff,
+ loc + size + 2);
+ if (template_sequence[i].r_type != R_ARM_NONE)
+ {
+ stub_reloc_idx[nrelocs] = i;
+ stub_reloc_offset[nrelocs++] = size;
+ }
+ size += 4;
+ break;
+
case ARM_TYPE:
- put_arm_insn (globals, stub_bfd, template[i].data, loc + size);
+ bfd_put_32 (stub_bfd, template_sequence[i].data,
+ loc + size);
/* Handle cases where the target is encoded within the
instruction. */
- if (template[i].r_type == R_ARM_JUMP24)
+ if (template_sequence[i].r_type == R_ARM_JUMP24)
{
- stub_reloc_idx = i;
- stub_reloc_offset = size;
+ stub_reloc_idx[nrelocs] = i;
+ stub_reloc_offset[nrelocs++] = size;
}
size += 4;
break;
case DATA_TYPE:
- bfd_put_32 (stub_bfd, template[i].data, loc + size);
- stub_reloc_idx = i;
- stub_reloc_offset = size;
+ bfd_put_32 (stub_bfd, template_sequence[i].data, loc + size);
+ stub_reloc_idx[nrelocs] = i;
+ stub_reloc_offset[nrelocs++] = size;
size += 4;
break;
BFD_ASSERT (size == stub_entry->stub_size);
/* Destination is Thumb. Force bit 0 to 1 to reflect this. */
- if (stub_entry->st_type == STT_ARM_TFUNC)
+ if (stub_entry->branch_type == ST_BRANCH_TO_THUMB)
sym_value |= 1;
- /* Assume there is one and only one entry to relocate in each stub. */
- BFD_ASSERT (stub_reloc_idx != -1);
+ /* Assume there is at least one and at most MAXRELOCS entries to relocate
+ in each stub. */
+ BFD_ASSERT (nrelocs != 0 && nrelocs <= MAXRELOCS);
- _bfd_final_link_relocate (elf32_arm_howto_from_type (template[stub_reloc_idx].r_type),
- stub_bfd, stub_sec, stub_sec->contents,
- stub_entry->stub_offset + stub_reloc_offset,
- sym_value, template[stub_reloc_idx].reloc_addend);
+ for (i = 0; i < nrelocs; i++)
+ if (template_sequence[stub_reloc_idx[i]].r_type == R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
+ || template_sequence[stub_reloc_idx[i]].r_type == R_ARM_THM_JUMP19
+ || template_sequence[stub_reloc_idx[i]].r_type == R_ARM_THM_CALL
+ || template_sequence[stub_reloc_idx[i]].r_type == R_ARM_THM_XPC22)
+ {
+ Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
+ bfd_boolean unresolved_reloc;
+ char *error_message;
+ enum arm_st_branch_type branch_type
+ = (template_sequence[stub_reloc_idx[i]].r_type != R_ARM_THM_XPC22
+ ? ST_BRANCH_TO_THUMB : ST_BRANCH_TO_ARM);
+ bfd_vma points_to = sym_value + stub_entry->target_addend;
+
+ rel.r_offset = stub_entry->stub_offset + stub_reloc_offset[i];
+ rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0,
+ template_sequence[stub_reloc_idx[i]].r_type);
+ rel.r_addend = template_sequence[stub_reloc_idx[i]].reloc_addend;
+
+ if (stub_entry->stub_type == arm_stub_a8_veneer_b_cond && i == 0)
+ /* The first relocation in the elf32_arm_stub_a8_veneer_b_cond[]
+ template should refer back to the instruction after the original
+ branch. */
+ points_to = sym_value;
+
+ /* There may be unintended consequences if this is not true. */
+ BFD_ASSERT (stub_entry->h == NULL);
+
+ /* Note: _bfd_final_link_relocate doesn't handle these relocations
+ properly. We should probably use this function unconditionally,
+ rather than only for certain relocations listed in the enclosing
+ conditional, for the sake of consistency. */
+ elf32_arm_final_link_relocate (elf32_arm_howto_from_type
+ (template_sequence[stub_reloc_idx[i]].r_type),
+ stub_bfd, info->output_bfd, stub_sec, stub_sec->contents, &rel,
+ points_to, info, stub_entry->target_section, "", STT_FUNC,
+ branch_type, (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) stub_entry->h,
+ &unresolved_reloc, &error_message);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
+ bfd_boolean unresolved_reloc;
+ char *error_message;
+ bfd_vma points_to = sym_value + stub_entry->target_addend
+ + template_sequence[stub_reloc_idx[i]].reloc_addend;
+
+ rel.r_offset = stub_entry->stub_offset + stub_reloc_offset[i];
+ rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0,
+ template_sequence[stub_reloc_idx[i]].r_type);
+ rel.r_addend = 0;
+
+ elf32_arm_final_link_relocate (elf32_arm_howto_from_type
+ (template_sequence[stub_reloc_idx[i]].r_type),
+ stub_bfd, info->output_bfd, stub_sec, stub_sec->contents, &rel,
+ points_to, info, stub_entry->target_section, "", STT_FUNC,
+ stub_entry->branch_type,
+ (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) stub_entry->h, &unresolved_reloc,
+ &error_message);
+ }
return TRUE;
+#undef MAXRELOCS
}
-/* As above, but don't actually build the stub. Just bump offset so
- we know stub section sizes. */
+/* Calculate the template, template size and instruction size for a stub.
+ Return value is the instruction size. */
-static bfd_boolean
-arm_size_one_stub (struct bfd_hash_entry *gen_entry,
- void * in_arg)
+static unsigned int
+find_stub_size_and_template (enum elf32_arm_stub_type stub_type,
+ const insn_sequence **stub_template,
+ int *stub_template_size)
{
- struct elf32_arm_stub_hash_entry *stub_entry;
- struct elf32_arm_link_hash_table *htab;
- const insn_sequence *template;
- int template_size;
- int size;
- int i;
+ const insn_sequence *template_sequence = NULL;
+ int template_size = 0, i;
+ unsigned int size;
- /* Massage our args to the form they really have. */
- stub_entry = (struct elf32_arm_stub_hash_entry *) gen_entry;
- htab = (struct elf32_arm_link_hash_table *) in_arg;
+ template_sequence = stub_definitions[stub_type].template_sequence;
+ if (stub_template)
+ *stub_template = template_sequence;
- switch (stub_entry->stub_type)
+ template_size = stub_definitions[stub_type].template_size;
+ if (stub_template_size)
+ *stub_template_size = template_size;
+
+ size = 0;
+ for (i = 0; i < template_size; i++)
{
- case arm_stub_long_branch_any_any:
- template = elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_any_any;
- template_size = ARRAY_SIZE (elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_any_any);
- break;
- case arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_arm_thumb:
- template = elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_arm_thumb;
- template_size = ARRAY_SIZE (elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_arm_thumb);
- break;
- case arm_stub_long_branch_thumb_only:
- template = elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_thumb_only;
- template_size = ARRAY_SIZE (elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_thumb_only);
- break;
- case arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_thumb:
- template = elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_thumb;
- template_size = ARRAY_SIZE (elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_thumb);
- break;
- case arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_arm:
- template = elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_arm;
- template_size = ARRAY_SIZE (elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_arm);
- break;
- case arm_stub_short_branch_v4t_thumb_arm:
- template = elf32_arm_stub_short_branch_v4t_thumb_arm;
- template_size = ARRAY_SIZE (elf32_arm_stub_short_branch_v4t_thumb_arm);
- break;
- case arm_stub_long_branch_any_arm_pic:
- template = elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_any_arm_pic;
- template_size = ARRAY_SIZE (elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_any_arm_pic);
- break;
- case arm_stub_long_branch_any_thumb_pic:
- template = elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_any_thumb_pic;
- template_size = ARRAY_SIZE (elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_any_thumb_pic);
- break;
- case arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_arm_thumb_pic:
- template = elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_arm_thumb_pic;
- template_size = ARRAY_SIZE (elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_arm_thumb_pic);
- break;
- case arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_arm_pic:
- template = elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_arm_pic;
- template_size = ARRAY_SIZE (elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_arm_pic);
- break;
- case arm_stub_long_branch_thumb_only_pic:
- template = elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_thumb_only_pic;
- template_size = ARRAY_SIZE (elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_thumb_only_pic);
- break;
- case arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_thumb_pic:
- template = elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_thumb_pic;
- template_size = ARRAY_SIZE (elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_thumb_pic);
- break;
- default:
- BFD_FAIL ();
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- size = 0;
- for (i = 0; i < template_size; i++)
- {
- switch (template[i].type)
+ switch (template_sequence[i].type)
{
case THUMB16_TYPE:
size += 2;
break;
case ARM_TYPE:
- size += 4;
- break;
-
+ case THUMB32_TYPE:
case DATA_TYPE:
size += 4;
break;
default:
BFD_FAIL ();
- return FALSE;
+ return 0;
}
}
+ return size;
+}
+
+/* As above, but don't actually build the stub. Just bump offset so
+ we know stub section sizes. */
+
+static bfd_boolean
+arm_size_one_stub (struct bfd_hash_entry *gen_entry,
+ void *in_arg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
+{
+ struct elf32_arm_stub_hash_entry *stub_entry;
+ const insn_sequence *template_sequence;
+ int template_size, size;
+
+ /* Massage our args to the form they really have. */
+ stub_entry = (struct elf32_arm_stub_hash_entry *) gen_entry;
+
+ BFD_ASSERT((stub_entry->stub_type > arm_stub_none)
+ && stub_entry->stub_type < ARRAY_SIZE(stub_definitions));
+
+ size = find_stub_size_and_template (stub_entry->stub_type, &template_sequence,
+ &template_size);
+
stub_entry->stub_size = size;
- stub_entry->stub_template = template;
+ stub_entry->stub_template = template_sequence;
stub_entry->stub_template_size = template_size;
size = (size + 7) & ~7;
bfd_size_type amt;
struct elf32_arm_link_hash_table *htab = elf32_arm_hash_table (info);
+ if (htab == NULL)
+ return 0;
if (! is_elf_hash_table (htab))
return 0;
htab->bfd_count = bfd_count;
amt = sizeof (struct map_stub) * (top_id + 1);
- htab->stub_group = bfd_zmalloc (amt);
+ htab->stub_group = (struct map_stub *) bfd_zmalloc (amt);
if (htab->stub_group == NULL)
return -1;
+ htab->top_id = top_id;
/* We can't use output_bfd->section_count here to find the top output
section index as some sections may have been removed, and
htab->top_index = top_index;
amt = sizeof (asection *) * (top_index + 1);
- input_list = bfd_malloc (amt);
+ input_list = (asection **) bfd_malloc (amt);
htab->input_list = input_list;
if (input_list == NULL)
return -1;
{
struct elf32_arm_link_hash_table *htab = elf32_arm_hash_table (info);
+ if (htab == NULL)
+ return;
+
if (isec->output_section->index <= htab->top_index)
{
asection **list = htab->input_list + isec->output_section->index;
- if (*list != bfd_abs_section_ptr)
+ if (*list != bfd_abs_section_ptr && (isec->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0)
{
/* Steal the link_sec pointer for our list. */
#define PREV_SEC(sec) (htab->stub_group[(sec)->id].link_sec)
#undef NEXT_SEC
}
+/* Comparison function for sorting/searching relocations relating to Cortex-A8
+ erratum fix. */
+
+static int
+a8_reloc_compare (const void *a, const void *b)
+{
+ const struct a8_erratum_reloc *ra = (const struct a8_erratum_reloc *) a;
+ const struct a8_erratum_reloc *rb = (const struct a8_erratum_reloc *) b;
+
+ if (ra->from < rb->from)
+ return -1;
+ else if (ra->from > rb->from)
+ return 1;
+ else
+ return 0;
+}
+
+static struct elf_link_hash_entry *find_thumb_glue (struct bfd_link_info *,
+ const char *, char **);
+
+/* Helper function to scan code for sequences which might trigger the Cortex-A8
+ branch/TLB erratum. Fill in the table described by A8_FIXES_P,
+ NUM_A8_FIXES_P, A8_FIX_TABLE_SIZE_P. Returns true if an error occurs, false
+ otherwise. */
+
+static bfd_boolean
+cortex_a8_erratum_scan (bfd *input_bfd,
+ struct bfd_link_info *info,
+ struct a8_erratum_fix **a8_fixes_p,
+ unsigned int *num_a8_fixes_p,
+ unsigned int *a8_fix_table_size_p,
+ struct a8_erratum_reloc *a8_relocs,
+ unsigned int num_a8_relocs,
+ unsigned prev_num_a8_fixes,
+ bfd_boolean *stub_changed_p)
+{
+ asection *section;
+ struct elf32_arm_link_hash_table *htab = elf32_arm_hash_table (info);
+ struct a8_erratum_fix *a8_fixes = *a8_fixes_p;
+ unsigned int num_a8_fixes = *num_a8_fixes_p;
+ unsigned int a8_fix_table_size = *a8_fix_table_size_p;
+
+ if (htab == NULL)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ for (section = input_bfd->sections;
+ section != NULL;
+ section = section->next)
+ {
+ bfd_byte *contents = NULL;
+ struct _arm_elf_section_data *sec_data;
+ unsigned int span;
+ bfd_vma base_vma;
+
+ if (elf_section_type (section) != SHT_PROGBITS
+ || (elf_section_flags (section) & SHF_EXECINSTR) == 0
+ || (section->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0
+ || (section->sec_info_type == ELF_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS)
+ || (section->output_section == bfd_abs_section_ptr))
+ continue;
+
+ base_vma = section->output_section->vma + section->output_offset;
+
+ if (elf_section_data (section)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
+ contents = elf_section_data (section)->this_hdr.contents;
+ else if (! bfd_malloc_and_get_section (input_bfd, section, &contents))
+ return TRUE;
+
+ sec_data = elf32_arm_section_data (section);
+
+ for (span = 0; span < sec_data->mapcount; span++)
+ {
+ unsigned int span_start = sec_data->map[span].vma;
+ unsigned int span_end = (span == sec_data->mapcount - 1)
+ ? section->size : sec_data->map[span + 1].vma;
+ unsigned int i;
+ char span_type = sec_data->map[span].type;
+ bfd_boolean last_was_32bit = FALSE, last_was_branch = FALSE;
+
+ if (span_type != 't')
+ continue;
+
+ /* Span is entirely within a single 4KB region: skip scanning. */
+ if (((base_vma + span_start) & ~0xfff)
+ == ((base_vma + span_end) & ~0xfff))
+ continue;
+
+ /* Scan for 32-bit Thumb-2 branches which span two 4K regions, where:
+
+ * The opcode is BLX.W, BL.W, B.W, Bcc.W
+ * The branch target is in the same 4KB region as the
+ first half of the branch.
+ * The instruction before the branch is a 32-bit
+ length non-branch instruction. */
+ for (i = span_start; i < span_end;)
+ {
+ unsigned int insn = bfd_getl16 (&contents[i]);
+ bfd_boolean insn_32bit = FALSE, is_blx = FALSE, is_b = FALSE;
+ bfd_boolean is_bl = FALSE, is_bcc = FALSE, is_32bit_branch;
+
+ if ((insn & 0xe000) == 0xe000 && (insn & 0x1800) != 0x0000)
+ insn_32bit = TRUE;
+
+ if (insn_32bit)
+ {
+ /* Load the rest of the insn (in manual-friendly order). */
+ insn = (insn << 16) | bfd_getl16 (&contents[i + 2]);
+
+ /* Encoding T4: B<c>.W. */
+ is_b = (insn & 0xf800d000) == 0xf0009000;
+ /* Encoding T1: BL<c>.W. */
+ is_bl = (insn & 0xf800d000) == 0xf000d000;
+ /* Encoding T2: BLX<c>.W. */
+ is_blx = (insn & 0xf800d000) == 0xf000c000;
+ /* Encoding T3: B<c>.W (not permitted in IT block). */
+ is_bcc = (insn & 0xf800d000) == 0xf0008000
+ && (insn & 0x07f00000) != 0x03800000;
+ }
+
+ is_32bit_branch = is_b || is_bl || is_blx || is_bcc;
+
+ if (((base_vma + i) & 0xfff) == 0xffe
+ && insn_32bit
+ && is_32bit_branch
+ && last_was_32bit
+ && ! last_was_branch)
+ {
+ bfd_signed_vma offset = 0;
+ bfd_boolean force_target_arm = FALSE;
+ bfd_boolean force_target_thumb = FALSE;
+ bfd_vma target;
+ enum elf32_arm_stub_type stub_type = arm_stub_none;
+ struct a8_erratum_reloc key, *found;
+ bfd_boolean use_plt = FALSE;
+
+ key.from = base_vma + i;
+ found = (struct a8_erratum_reloc *)
+ bsearch (&key, a8_relocs, num_a8_relocs,
+ sizeof (struct a8_erratum_reloc),
+ &a8_reloc_compare);
+
+ if (found)
+ {
+ char *error_message = NULL;
+ struct elf_link_hash_entry *entry;
+
+ /* We don't care about the error returned from this
+ function, only if there is glue or not. */
+ entry = find_thumb_glue (info, found->sym_name,
+ &error_message);
+
+ if (entry)
+ found->non_a8_stub = TRUE;
+
+ /* Keep a simpler condition, for the sake of clarity. */
+ if (htab->root.splt != NULL && found->hash != NULL
+ && found->hash->root.plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
+ use_plt = TRUE;
+
+ if (found->r_type == R_ARM_THM_CALL)
+ {
+ if (found->branch_type == ST_BRANCH_TO_ARM
+ || use_plt)
+ force_target_arm = TRUE;
+ else
+ force_target_thumb = TRUE;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Check if we have an offending branch instruction. */
+
+ if (found && found->non_a8_stub)
+ /* We've already made a stub for this instruction, e.g.
+ it's a long branch or a Thumb->ARM stub. Assume that
+ stub will suffice to work around the A8 erratum (see
+ setting of always_after_branch above). */
+ ;
+ else if (is_bcc)
+ {
+ offset = (insn & 0x7ff) << 1;
+ offset |= (insn & 0x3f0000) >> 4;
+ offset |= (insn & 0x2000) ? 0x40000 : 0;
+ offset |= (insn & 0x800) ? 0x80000 : 0;
+ offset |= (insn & 0x4000000) ? 0x100000 : 0;
+ if (offset & 0x100000)
+ offset |= ~ ((bfd_signed_vma) 0xfffff);
+ stub_type = arm_stub_a8_veneer_b_cond;
+ }
+ else if (is_b || is_bl || is_blx)
+ {
+ int s = (insn & 0x4000000) != 0;
+ int j1 = (insn & 0x2000) != 0;
+ int j2 = (insn & 0x800) != 0;
+ int i1 = !(j1 ^ s);
+ int i2 = !(j2 ^ s);
+
+ offset = (insn & 0x7ff) << 1;
+ offset |= (insn & 0x3ff0000) >> 4;
+ offset |= i2 << 22;
+ offset |= i1 << 23;
+ offset |= s << 24;
+ if (offset & 0x1000000)
+ offset |= ~ ((bfd_signed_vma) 0xffffff);
+
+ if (is_blx)
+ offset &= ~ ((bfd_signed_vma) 3);
+
+ stub_type = is_blx ? arm_stub_a8_veneer_blx :
+ is_bl ? arm_stub_a8_veneer_bl : arm_stub_a8_veneer_b;
+ }
+
+ if (stub_type != arm_stub_none)
+ {
+ bfd_vma pc_for_insn = base_vma + i + 4;
+
+ /* The original instruction is a BL, but the target is
+ an ARM instruction. If we were not making a stub,
+ the BL would have been converted to a BLX. Use the
+ BLX stub instead in that case. */
+ if (htab->use_blx && force_target_arm
+ && stub_type == arm_stub_a8_veneer_bl)
+ {
+ stub_type = arm_stub_a8_veneer_blx;
+ is_blx = TRUE;
+ is_bl = FALSE;
+ }
+ /* Conversely, if the original instruction was
+ BLX but the target is Thumb mode, use the BL
+ stub. */
+ else if (force_target_thumb
+ && stub_type == arm_stub_a8_veneer_blx)
+ {
+ stub_type = arm_stub_a8_veneer_bl;
+ is_blx = FALSE;
+ is_bl = TRUE;
+ }
+
+ if (is_blx)
+ pc_for_insn &= ~ ((bfd_vma) 3);
+
+ /* If we found a relocation, use the proper destination,
+ not the offset in the (unrelocated) instruction.
+ Note this is always done if we switched the stub type
+ above. */
+ if (found)
+ offset =
+ (bfd_signed_vma) (found->destination - pc_for_insn);
+
+ /* If the stub will use a Thumb-mode branch to a
+ PLT target, redirect it to the preceding Thumb
+ entry point. */
+ if (stub_type != arm_stub_a8_veneer_blx && use_plt)
+ offset -= PLT_THUMB_STUB_SIZE;
+
+ target = pc_for_insn + offset;
+
+ /* The BLX stub is ARM-mode code. Adjust the offset to
+ take the different PC value (+8 instead of +4) into
+ account. */
+ if (stub_type == arm_stub_a8_veneer_blx)
+ offset += 4;
+
+ if (((base_vma + i) & ~0xfff) == (target & ~0xfff))
+ {
+ char *stub_name = NULL;
+
+ if (num_a8_fixes == a8_fix_table_size)
+ {
+ a8_fix_table_size *= 2;
+ a8_fixes = (struct a8_erratum_fix *)
+ bfd_realloc (a8_fixes,
+ sizeof (struct a8_erratum_fix)
+ * a8_fix_table_size);
+ }
+
+ if (num_a8_fixes < prev_num_a8_fixes)
+ {
+ /* If we're doing a subsequent scan,
+ check if we've found the same fix as
+ before, and try and reuse the stub
+ name. */
+ stub_name = a8_fixes[num_a8_fixes].stub_name;
+ if ((a8_fixes[num_a8_fixes].section != section)
+ || (a8_fixes[num_a8_fixes].offset != i))
+ {
+ free (stub_name);
+ stub_name = NULL;
+ *stub_changed_p = TRUE;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (!stub_name)
+ {
+ stub_name = (char *) bfd_malloc (8 + 1 + 8 + 1);
+ if (stub_name != NULL)
+ sprintf (stub_name, "%x:%x", section->id, i);
+ }
+
+ a8_fixes[num_a8_fixes].input_bfd = input_bfd;
+ a8_fixes[num_a8_fixes].section = section;
+ a8_fixes[num_a8_fixes].offset = i;
+ a8_fixes[num_a8_fixes].addend = offset;
+ a8_fixes[num_a8_fixes].orig_insn = insn;
+ a8_fixes[num_a8_fixes].stub_name = stub_name;
+ a8_fixes[num_a8_fixes].stub_type = stub_type;
+ a8_fixes[num_a8_fixes].branch_type =
+ is_blx ? ST_BRANCH_TO_ARM : ST_BRANCH_TO_THUMB;
+
+ num_a8_fixes++;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ i += insn_32bit ? 4 : 2;
+ last_was_32bit = insn_32bit;
+ last_was_branch = is_32bit_branch;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (elf_section_data (section)->this_hdr.contents == NULL)
+ free (contents);
+ }
+
+ *a8_fixes_p = a8_fixes;
+ *num_a8_fixes_p = num_a8_fixes;
+ *a8_fix_table_size_p = a8_fix_table_size;
+
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
/* Determine and set the size of the stub section for a final link.
The basic idea here is to examine all the relocations looking for
{
bfd_size_type stub_group_size;
bfd_boolean stubs_always_after_branch;
- bfd_boolean stub_changed = 0;
struct elf32_arm_link_hash_table *htab = elf32_arm_hash_table (info);
+ struct a8_erratum_fix *a8_fixes = NULL;
+ unsigned int num_a8_fixes = 0, a8_fix_table_size = 10;
+ struct a8_erratum_reloc *a8_relocs = NULL;
+ unsigned int num_a8_relocs = 0, a8_reloc_table_size = 10, i;
+
+ if (htab == NULL)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ if (htab->fix_cortex_a8)
+ {
+ a8_fixes = (struct a8_erratum_fix *)
+ bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (struct a8_erratum_fix) * a8_fix_table_size);
+ a8_relocs = (struct a8_erratum_reloc *)
+ bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (struct a8_erratum_reloc) * a8_reloc_table_size);
+ }
/* Propagate mach to stub bfd, because it may not have been
finalized when we created stub_bfd. */
htab->add_stub_section = add_stub_section;
htab->layout_sections_again = layout_sections_again;
stubs_always_after_branch = group_size < 0;
+
+ /* The Cortex-A8 erratum fix depends on stubs not being in the same 4K page
+ as the first half of a 32-bit branch straddling two 4K pages. This is a
+ crude way of enforcing that. */
+ if (htab->fix_cortex_a8)
+ stubs_always_after_branch = 1;
+
if (group_size < 0)
stub_group_size = -group_size;
else
group_sections (htab, stub_group_size, stubs_always_after_branch);
+ /* If we're applying the cortex A8 fix, we need to determine the
+ program header size now, because we cannot change it later --
+ that could alter section placements. Notice the A8 erratum fix
+ ends up requiring the section addresses to remain unchanged
+ modulo the page size. That's something we cannot represent
+ inside BFD, and we don't want to force the section alignment to
+ be the page size. */
+ if (htab->fix_cortex_a8)
+ (*htab->layout_sections_again) ();
+
while (1)
{
bfd *input_bfd;
unsigned int bfd_indx;
asection *stub_sec;
+ bfd_boolean stub_changed = FALSE;
+ unsigned prev_num_a8_fixes = num_a8_fixes;
+ num_a8_fixes = 0;
for (input_bfd = info->input_bfds, bfd_indx = 0;
input_bfd != NULL;
input_bfd = input_bfd->link_next, bfd_indx++)
asection *section;
Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms = NULL;
+ num_a8_relocs = 0;
+
/* We'll need the symbol table in a second. */
symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr;
if (symtab_hdr->sh_info == 0)
char *stub_name;
const asection *id_sec;
unsigned char st_type;
+ enum arm_st_branch_type branch_type;
+ bfd_boolean created_stub = FALSE;
r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (irela->r_info);
r_indx = ELF32_R_SYM (irela->r_info);
free (internal_relocs);
goto error_ret_free_local;
}
-
- /* Only look for stubs on call instructions. */
+
+ hash = NULL;
+ if (r_indx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
+ hash = elf32_arm_hash_entry
+ (elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd)
+ [r_indx - symtab_hdr->sh_info]);
+
+ /* Only look for stubs on branch instructions, or
+ non-relaxed TLSCALL */
if ((r_type != (unsigned int) R_ARM_CALL)
- && (r_type != (unsigned int) R_ARM_THM_CALL))
+ && (r_type != (unsigned int) R_ARM_THM_CALL)
+ && (r_type != (unsigned int) R_ARM_JUMP24)
+ && (r_type != (unsigned int) R_ARM_THM_JUMP19)
+ && (r_type != (unsigned int) R_ARM_THM_XPC22)
+ && (r_type != (unsigned int) R_ARM_THM_JUMP24)
+ && (r_type != (unsigned int) R_ARM_PLT32)
+ && !((r_type == (unsigned int) R_ARM_TLS_CALL
+ || r_type == (unsigned int) R_ARM_THM_TLS_CALL)
+ && r_type == elf32_arm_tls_transition
+ (info, r_type, &hash->root)
+ && ((hash ? hash->tls_type
+ : (elf32_arm_local_got_tls_type
+ (input_bfd)[r_indx]))
+ & GOT_TLS_GDESC) != 0))
continue;
/* Now determine the call target, its name, value,
sym_sec = NULL;
sym_value = 0;
destination = 0;
- hash = NULL;
sym_name = NULL;
- if (r_indx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
+
+ if (r_type == (unsigned int) R_ARM_TLS_CALL
+ || r_type == (unsigned int) R_ARM_THM_TLS_CALL)
+ {
+ /* A non-relaxed TLS call. The target is the
+ plt-resident trampoline and nothing to do
+ with the symbol. */
+ BFD_ASSERT (htab->tls_trampoline > 0);
+ sym_sec = htab->root.splt;
+ sym_value = htab->tls_trampoline;
+ hash = 0;
+ st_type = STT_FUNC;
+ branch_type = ST_BRANCH_TO_ARM;
+ }
+ else if (!hash)
{
/* It's a local symbol. */
Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
- Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
if (local_syms == NULL)
{
}
sym = local_syms + r_indx;
- hdr = elf_elfsections (input_bfd)[sym->st_shndx];
- sym_sec = hdr->bfd_section;
+ if (sym->st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF)
+ sym_sec = bfd_und_section_ptr;
+ else if (sym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS)
+ sym_sec = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
+ else if (sym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON)
+ sym_sec = bfd_com_section_ptr;
+ else
+ sym_sec =
+ bfd_section_from_elf_index (input_bfd, sym->st_shndx);
+
+ if (!sym_sec)
+ /* This is an undefined symbol. It can never
+ be resolved. */
+ continue;
+
if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) != STT_SECTION)
sym_value = sym->st_value;
destination = (sym_value + irela->r_addend
+ sym_sec->output_offset
+ sym_sec->output_section->vma);
st_type = ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info);
+ branch_type = ARM_SYM_BRANCH_TYPE (sym);
sym_name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd,
symtab_hdr->sh_link,
else
{
/* It's an external symbol. */
- int e_indx;
-
- e_indx = r_indx - symtab_hdr->sh_info;
- hash = ((struct elf32_arm_link_hash_entry *)
- elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd)[e_indx]);
-
while (hash->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
|| hash->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
hash = ((struct elf32_arm_link_hash_entry *)
{
sym_sec = hash->root.root.u.def.section;
sym_value = hash->root.root.u.def.value;
- if (sym_sec->output_section != NULL)
+
+ struct elf32_arm_link_hash_table *globals =
+ elf32_arm_hash_table (info);
+
+ /* For a destination in a shared library,
+ use the PLT stub as target address to
+ decide whether a branch stub is
+ needed. */
+ if (globals != NULL
+ && globals->root.splt != NULL
+ && hash != NULL
+ && hash->root.plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
+ {
+ sym_sec = globals->root.splt;
+ sym_value = hash->root.plt.offset;
+ if (sym_sec->output_section != NULL)
+ destination = (sym_value
+ + sym_sec->output_offset
+ + sym_sec->output_section->vma);
+ }
+ else if (sym_sec->output_section != NULL)
destination = (sym_value + irela->r_addend
+ sym_sec->output_offset
+ sym_sec->output_section->vma);
}
- else if (hash->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
- || hash->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined)
- /* For a shared library, these will need a PLT stub,
- which is treated separately.
- For absolute code, they cannot be handled. */
- continue;
+ else if ((hash->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined)
+ || (hash->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
+ {
+ /* For a shared library, use the PLT stub as
+ target address to decide whether a long
+ branch stub is needed.
+ For absolute code, they cannot be handled. */
+ struct elf32_arm_link_hash_table *globals =
+ elf32_arm_hash_table (info);
+
+ if (globals != NULL
+ && globals->root.splt != NULL
+ && hash != NULL
+ && hash->root.plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
+ {
+ sym_sec = globals->root.splt;
+ sym_value = hash->root.plt.offset;
+ if (sym_sec->output_section != NULL)
+ destination = (sym_value
+ + sym_sec->output_offset
+ + sym_sec->output_section->vma);
+ }
+ else
+ continue;
+ }
else
{
bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
goto error_ret_free_internal;
}
- st_type = ELF_ST_TYPE (hash->root.type);
+ st_type = hash->root.type;
+ branch_type = hash->root.target_internal;
sym_name = hash->root.root.root.string;
}
- /* Determine what (if any) linker stub is needed. */
- stub_type = arm_type_of_stub (info, section, irela, st_type,
- hash, destination, sym_sec,
- input_bfd, sym_name);
- if (stub_type == arm_stub_none)
- continue;
-
- /* Support for grouping stub sections. */
- id_sec = htab->stub_group[section->id].link_sec;
-
- /* Get the name of this stub. */
- stub_name = elf32_arm_stub_name (id_sec, sym_sec, hash, irela);
- if (!stub_name)
- goto error_ret_free_internal;
-
- stub_entry = arm_stub_hash_lookup (&htab->stub_hash_table,
- stub_name,
- FALSE, FALSE);
- if (stub_entry != NULL)
- {
- /* The proper stub has already been created. */
- free (stub_name);
- continue;
- }
-
- stub_entry = elf32_arm_add_stub (stub_name, section, htab);
- if (stub_entry == NULL)
- {
- free (stub_name);
- goto error_ret_free_internal;
- }
-
- stub_entry->target_value = sym_value;
- stub_entry->target_section = sym_sec;
- stub_entry->stub_type = stub_type;
- stub_entry->h = hash;
- stub_entry->st_type = st_type;
-
- if (sym_name == NULL)
- sym_name = "unnamed";
- stub_entry->output_name
- = bfd_alloc (htab->stub_bfd,
- sizeof (THUMB2ARM_GLUE_ENTRY_NAME)
- + strlen (sym_name));
- if (stub_entry->output_name == NULL)
+ do
{
- free (stub_name);
- goto error_ret_free_internal;
- }
+ /* Determine what (if any) linker stub is needed. */
+ stub_type = arm_type_of_stub (info, section, irela,
+ st_type, &branch_type,
+ hash, destination, sym_sec,
+ input_bfd, sym_name);
+ if (stub_type == arm_stub_none)
+ break;
+
+ /* Support for grouping stub sections. */
+ id_sec = htab->stub_group[section->id].link_sec;
+
+ /* Get the name of this stub. */
+ stub_name = elf32_arm_stub_name (id_sec, sym_sec, hash,
+ irela, stub_type);
+ if (!stub_name)
+ goto error_ret_free_internal;
+
+ /* We've either created a stub for this reloc already,
+ or we are about to. */
+ created_stub = TRUE;
+
+ stub_entry = arm_stub_hash_lookup
+ (&htab->stub_hash_table, stub_name,
+ FALSE, FALSE);
+ if (stub_entry != NULL)
+ {
+ /* The proper stub has already been created. */
+ free (stub_name);
+ stub_entry->target_value = sym_value;
+ break;
+ }
- /* For historical reasons, use the existing names for
- ARM-to-Thumb and Thumb-to-ARM stubs. */
- if (r_type == (unsigned int) R_ARM_THM_CALL
- && st_type != STT_ARM_TFUNC)
- sprintf (stub_entry->output_name, THUMB2ARM_GLUE_ENTRY_NAME,
- sym_name);
- else if (r_type == (unsigned int) R_ARM_CALL
- && st_type == STT_ARM_TFUNC)
- sprintf (stub_entry->output_name, ARM2THUMB_GLUE_ENTRY_NAME,
- sym_name);
- else
- sprintf (stub_entry->output_name, STUB_ENTRY_NAME,
- sym_name);
+ stub_entry = elf32_arm_add_stub (stub_name, section,
+ htab);
+ if (stub_entry == NULL)
+ {
+ free (stub_name);
+ goto error_ret_free_internal;
+ }
- stub_changed = TRUE;
+ stub_entry->target_value = sym_value;
+ stub_entry->target_section = sym_sec;
+ stub_entry->stub_type = stub_type;
+ stub_entry->h = hash;
+ stub_entry->branch_type = branch_type;
+
+ if (sym_name == NULL)
+ sym_name = "unnamed";
+ stub_entry->output_name = (char *)
+ bfd_alloc (htab->stub_bfd,
+ sizeof (THUMB2ARM_GLUE_ENTRY_NAME)
+ + strlen (sym_name));
+ if (stub_entry->output_name == NULL)
+ {
+ free (stub_name);
+ goto error_ret_free_internal;
+ }
+
+ /* For historical reasons, use the existing names for
+ ARM-to-Thumb and Thumb-to-ARM stubs. */
+ if ((r_type == (unsigned int) R_ARM_THM_CALL
+ || r_type == (unsigned int) R_ARM_THM_JUMP24)
+ && branch_type == ST_BRANCH_TO_ARM)
+ sprintf (stub_entry->output_name,
+ THUMB2ARM_GLUE_ENTRY_NAME, sym_name);
+ else if ((r_type == (unsigned int) R_ARM_CALL
+ || r_type == (unsigned int) R_ARM_JUMP24)
+ && branch_type == ST_BRANCH_TO_THUMB)
+ sprintf (stub_entry->output_name,
+ ARM2THUMB_GLUE_ENTRY_NAME, sym_name);
+ else
+ sprintf (stub_entry->output_name, STUB_ENTRY_NAME,
+ sym_name);
+
+ stub_changed = TRUE;
+ }
+ while (0);
+
+ /* Look for relocations which might trigger Cortex-A8
+ erratum. */
+ if (htab->fix_cortex_a8
+ && (r_type == (unsigned int) R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
+ || r_type == (unsigned int) R_ARM_THM_JUMP19
+ || r_type == (unsigned int) R_ARM_THM_CALL
+ || r_type == (unsigned int) R_ARM_THM_XPC22))
+ {
+ bfd_vma from = section->output_section->vma
+ + section->output_offset
+ + irela->r_offset;
+
+ if ((from & 0xfff) == 0xffe)
+ {
+ /* Found a candidate. Note we haven't checked the
+ destination is within 4K here: if we do so (and
+ don't create an entry in a8_relocs) we can't tell
+ that a branch should have been relocated when
+ scanning later. */
+ if (num_a8_relocs == a8_reloc_table_size)
+ {
+ a8_reloc_table_size *= 2;
+ a8_relocs = (struct a8_erratum_reloc *)
+ bfd_realloc (a8_relocs,
+ sizeof (struct a8_erratum_reloc)
+ * a8_reloc_table_size);
+ }
+
+ a8_relocs[num_a8_relocs].from = from;
+ a8_relocs[num_a8_relocs].destination = destination;
+ a8_relocs[num_a8_relocs].r_type = r_type;
+ a8_relocs[num_a8_relocs].branch_type = branch_type;
+ a8_relocs[num_a8_relocs].sym_name = sym_name;
+ a8_relocs[num_a8_relocs].non_a8_stub = created_stub;
+ a8_relocs[num_a8_relocs].hash = hash;
+
+ num_a8_relocs++;
+ }
+ }
}
- /* We're done with the internal relocs, free them. */
- if (elf_section_data (section)->relocs == NULL)
- free (internal_relocs);
+ /* We're done with the internal relocs, free them. */
+ if (elf_section_data (section)->relocs == NULL)
+ free (internal_relocs);
+ }
+
+ if (htab->fix_cortex_a8)
+ {
+ /* Sort relocs which might apply to Cortex-A8 erratum. */
+ qsort (a8_relocs, num_a8_relocs,
+ sizeof (struct a8_erratum_reloc),
+ &a8_reloc_compare);
+
+ /* Scan for branches which might trigger Cortex-A8 erratum. */
+ if (cortex_a8_erratum_scan (input_bfd, info, &a8_fixes,
+ &num_a8_fixes, &a8_fix_table_size,
+ a8_relocs, num_a8_relocs,
+ prev_num_a8_fixes, &stub_changed)
+ != 0)
+ goto error_ret_free_local;
}
}
+ if (prev_num_a8_fixes != num_a8_fixes)
+ stub_changed = TRUE;
+
if (!stub_changed)
break;
for (stub_sec = htab->stub_bfd->sections;
stub_sec != NULL;
stub_sec = stub_sec->next)
- stub_sec->size = 0;
+ {
+ /* Ignore non-stub sections. */
+ if (!strstr (stub_sec->name, STUB_SUFFIX))
+ continue;
+
+ stub_sec->size = 0;
+ }
bfd_hash_traverse (&htab->stub_hash_table, arm_size_one_stub, htab);
+ /* Add Cortex-A8 erratum veneers to stub section sizes too. */
+ if (htab->fix_cortex_a8)
+ for (i = 0; i < num_a8_fixes; i++)
+ {
+ stub_sec = elf32_arm_create_or_find_stub_sec (NULL,
+ a8_fixes[i].section, htab);
+
+ if (stub_sec == NULL)
+ goto error_ret_free_local;
+
+ stub_sec->size
+ += find_stub_size_and_template (a8_fixes[i].stub_type, NULL,
+ NULL);
+ }
+
+
/* Ask the linker to do its stuff. */
(*htab->layout_sections_again) ();
- stub_changed = FALSE;
}
+ /* Add stubs for Cortex-A8 erratum fixes now. */
+ if (htab->fix_cortex_a8)
+ {
+ for (i = 0; i < num_a8_fixes; i++)
+ {
+ struct elf32_arm_stub_hash_entry *stub_entry;
+ char *stub_name = a8_fixes[i].stub_name;
+ asection *section = a8_fixes[i].section;
+ unsigned int section_id = a8_fixes[i].section->id;
+ asection *link_sec = htab->stub_group[section_id].link_sec;
+ asection *stub_sec = htab->stub_group[section_id].stub_sec;
+ const insn_sequence *template_sequence;
+ int template_size, size = 0;
+
+ stub_entry = arm_stub_hash_lookup (&htab->stub_hash_table, stub_name,
+ TRUE, FALSE);
+ if (stub_entry == NULL)
+ {
+ (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%s: cannot create stub entry %s"),
+ section->owner,
+ stub_name);
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ stub_entry->stub_sec = stub_sec;
+ stub_entry->stub_offset = 0;
+ stub_entry->id_sec = link_sec;
+ stub_entry->stub_type = a8_fixes[i].stub_type;
+ stub_entry->target_section = a8_fixes[i].section;
+ stub_entry->target_value = a8_fixes[i].offset;
+ stub_entry->target_addend = a8_fixes[i].addend;
+ stub_entry->orig_insn = a8_fixes[i].orig_insn;
+ stub_entry->branch_type = a8_fixes[i].branch_type;
+
+ size = find_stub_size_and_template (a8_fixes[i].stub_type,
+ &template_sequence,
+ &template_size);
+
+ stub_entry->stub_size = size;
+ stub_entry->stub_template = template_sequence;
+ stub_entry->stub_template_size = template_size;
+ }
+
+ /* Stash the Cortex-A8 erratum fix array for use later in
+ elf32_arm_write_section(). */
+ htab->a8_erratum_fixes = a8_fixes;
+ htab->num_a8_erratum_fixes = num_a8_fixes;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ htab->a8_erratum_fixes = NULL;
+ htab->num_a8_erratum_fixes = 0;
+ }
return TRUE;
error_ret_free_local:
struct elf32_arm_link_hash_table *htab;
htab = elf32_arm_hash_table (info);
+ if (htab == NULL)
+ return FALSE;
for (stub_sec = htab->stub_bfd->sections;
stub_sec != NULL;
/* Allocate memory to hold the linker stubs. */
size = stub_sec->size;
- stub_sec->contents = bfd_zalloc (htab->stub_bfd, size);
+ stub_sec->contents = (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (htab->stub_bfd, size);
if (stub_sec->contents == NULL && size != 0)
return FALSE;
stub_sec->size = 0;
/* Build the stubs as directed by the stub hash table. */
table = &htab->stub_hash_table;
bfd_hash_traverse (table, arm_build_one_stub, info);
+ if (htab->fix_cortex_a8)
+ {
+ /* Place the cortex a8 stubs last. */
+ htab->fix_cortex_a8 = -1;
+ bfd_hash_traverse (table, arm_build_one_stub, info);
+ }
return TRUE;
}
/* We need a pointer to the armelf specific hash table. */
hash_table = elf32_arm_hash_table (link_info);
+ if (hash_table == NULL)
+ return NULL;
- tmp_name = bfd_malloc ((bfd_size_type) strlen (name)
- + strlen (THUMB2ARM_GLUE_ENTRY_NAME) + 1);
+ tmp_name = (char *) bfd_malloc ((bfd_size_type) strlen (name)
+ + strlen (THUMB2ARM_GLUE_ENTRY_NAME) + 1);
BFD_ASSERT (tmp_name);
/* We need a pointer to the elfarm specific hash table. */
hash_table = elf32_arm_hash_table (link_info);
+ if (hash_table == NULL)
+ return NULL;
- tmp_name = bfd_malloc ((bfd_size_type) strlen (name)
- + strlen (ARM2THUMB_GLUE_ENTRY_NAME) + 1);
+ tmp_name = (char *) bfd_malloc ((bfd_size_type) strlen (name)
+ + strlen (ARM2THUMB_GLUE_ENTRY_NAME) + 1);
BFD_ASSERT (tmp_name);
bfd_byte * contents;
if (size == 0)
- return;
+ {
+ /* Do not include empty glue sections in the output. */
+ if (abfd != NULL)
+ {
+ s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name);
+ if (s != NULL)
+ s->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
+ }
+ return;
+ }
BFD_ASSERT (abfd != NULL);
s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name);
BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
- contents = bfd_alloc (abfd, size);
+ contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_alloc (abfd, size);
BFD_ASSERT (s->size == size);
s->contents = contents;
bfd_size_type size;
globals = elf32_arm_hash_table (link_info);
-
BFD_ASSERT (globals != NULL);
BFD_ASSERT (globals->bfd_of_glue_owner != NULL);
BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
- tmp_name = bfd_malloc ((bfd_size_type) strlen (name) + strlen (ARM2THUMB_GLUE_ENTRY_NAME) + 1);
+ tmp_name = (char *) bfd_malloc ((bfd_size_type) strlen (name)
+ + strlen (ARM2THUMB_GLUE_ENTRY_NAME) + 1);
BFD_ASSERT (tmp_name);
return myh;
}
+/* Allocate space for ARMv4 BX veneers. */
+
static void
-record_thumb_to_arm_glue (struct bfd_link_info *link_info,
- struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
+record_arm_bx_glue (struct bfd_link_info * link_info, int reg)
{
- const char *name = h->root.root.string;
- asection *s;
+ asection * s;
+ struct elf32_arm_link_hash_table *globals;
char *tmp_name;
struct elf_link_hash_entry *myh;
struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh;
- struct elf32_arm_link_hash_table *hash_table;
bfd_vma val;
- hash_table = elf32_arm_hash_table (link_info);
+ /* BX PC does not need a veneer. */
+ if (reg == 15)
+ return;
- BFD_ASSERT (hash_table != NULL);
- BFD_ASSERT (hash_table->bfd_of_glue_owner != NULL);
+ globals = elf32_arm_hash_table (link_info);
+ BFD_ASSERT (globals != NULL);
+ BFD_ASSERT (globals->bfd_of_glue_owner != NULL);
+
+ /* Check if this veneer has already been allocated. */
+ if (globals->bx_glue_offset[reg])
+ return;
s = bfd_get_section_by_name
- (hash_table->bfd_of_glue_owner, THUMB2ARM_GLUE_SECTION_NAME);
+ (globals->bfd_of_glue_owner, ARM_BX_GLUE_SECTION_NAME);
BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
- tmp_name = bfd_malloc ((bfd_size_type) strlen (name)
- + strlen (THUMB2ARM_GLUE_ENTRY_NAME) + 1);
+ /* Add symbol for veneer. */
+ tmp_name = (char *)
+ bfd_malloc ((bfd_size_type) strlen (ARM_BX_GLUE_ENTRY_NAME) + 1);
BFD_ASSERT (tmp_name);
- sprintf (tmp_name, THUMB2ARM_GLUE_ENTRY_NAME, name);
+ sprintf (tmp_name, ARM_BX_GLUE_ENTRY_NAME, reg);
myh = elf_link_hash_lookup
- (&(hash_table)->root, tmp_name, FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
+ (&(globals)->root, tmp_name, FALSE, FALSE, FALSE);
- if (myh != NULL)
- {
- /* We've already seen this guy. */
- free (tmp_name);
- return;
- }
-
- /* The only trick here is using hash_table->thumb_glue_size as the value.
- Even though the section isn't allocated yet, this is where we will be
- putting it. The +1 on the value marks that the stub has not been
- output yet - not that it is a Thumb function. */
- bh = NULL;
- val = hash_table->thumb_glue_size + 1;
- _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (link_info, hash_table->bfd_of_glue_owner,
- tmp_name, BSF_GLOBAL, s, val,
- NULL, TRUE, FALSE, &bh);
-
- /* If we mark it 'Thumb', the disassembler will do a better job. */
- myh = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
- myh->type = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_ARM_TFUNC);
- myh->forced_local = 1;
-
- free (tmp_name);
-
-#define CHANGE_TO_ARM "__%s_change_to_arm"
-#define BACK_FROM_ARM "__%s_back_from_arm"
-
- /* Allocate another symbol to mark where we switch to Arm mode. */
- tmp_name = bfd_malloc ((bfd_size_type) strlen (name)
- + strlen (CHANGE_TO_ARM) + 1);
-
- BFD_ASSERT (tmp_name);
-
- sprintf (tmp_name, CHANGE_TO_ARM, name);
-
- bh = NULL;
- val = hash_table->thumb_glue_size + 4,
- _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (link_info, hash_table->bfd_of_glue_owner,
- tmp_name, BSF_LOCAL, s, val,
- NULL, TRUE, FALSE, &bh);
-
- free (tmp_name);
-
- s->size += THUMB2ARM_GLUE_SIZE;
- hash_table->thumb_glue_size += THUMB2ARM_GLUE_SIZE;
-}
-
-
-/* Allocate space for ARMv4 BX veneers. */
-
-static void
-record_arm_bx_glue (struct bfd_link_info * link_info, int reg)
-{
- asection * s;
- struct elf32_arm_link_hash_table *globals;
- char *tmp_name;
- struct elf_link_hash_entry *myh;
- struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh;
- bfd_vma val;
-
- /* BX PC does not need a veneer. */
- if (reg == 15)
- return;
-
- globals = elf32_arm_hash_table (link_info);
-
- BFD_ASSERT (globals != NULL);
- BFD_ASSERT (globals->bfd_of_glue_owner != NULL);
-
- /* Check if this veneer has already been allocated. */
- if (globals->bx_glue_offset[reg])
- return;
-
- s = bfd_get_section_by_name
- (globals->bfd_of_glue_owner, ARM_BX_GLUE_SECTION_NAME);
-
- BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
-
- /* Add symbol for veneer. */
- tmp_name = bfd_malloc ((bfd_size_type) strlen (ARM_BX_GLUE_ENTRY_NAME) + 1);
-
- BFD_ASSERT (tmp_name);
-
- sprintf (tmp_name, ARM_BX_GLUE_ENTRY_NAME, reg);
-
- myh = elf_link_hash_lookup
- (&(globals)->root, tmp_name, FALSE, FALSE, FALSE);
-
- BFD_ASSERT (myh == NULL);
+ BFD_ASSERT (myh == NULL);
bh = NULL;
val = globals->bx_glue_size;
if (sec_data->map == NULL)
{
- sec_data->map = bfd_malloc (sizeof (elf32_arm_section_map));
+ sec_data->map = (elf32_arm_section_map *)
+ bfd_malloc (sizeof (elf32_arm_section_map));
sec_data->mapcount = 0;
sec_data->mapsize = 1;
}
if (sec_data->mapcount > sec_data->mapsize)
{
sec_data->mapsize *= 2;
- sec_data->map = bfd_realloc_or_free (sec_data->map, sec_data->mapsize
- * sizeof (elf32_arm_section_map));
+ sec_data->map = (elf32_arm_section_map *)
+ bfd_realloc_or_free (sec_data->map, sec_data->mapsize
+ * sizeof (elf32_arm_section_map));
}
if (sec_data->map)
struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh;
bfd_vma val;
struct _arm_elf_section_data *sec_data;
- int errcount;
elf32_vfp11_erratum_list *newerr;
hash_table = elf32_arm_hash_table (link_info);
-
BFD_ASSERT (hash_table != NULL);
BFD_ASSERT (hash_table->bfd_of_glue_owner != NULL);
BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
- tmp_name = bfd_malloc ((bfd_size_type) strlen
- (VFP11_ERRATUM_VENEER_ENTRY_NAME) + 10);
+ tmp_name = (char *) bfd_malloc ((bfd_size_type) strlen
+ (VFP11_ERRATUM_VENEER_ENTRY_NAME) + 10);
BFD_ASSERT (tmp_name);
myh->forced_local = 1;
/* Link veneer back to calling location. */
- errcount = ++(sec_data->erratumcount);
- newerr = bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (elf32_vfp11_erratum_list));
+ sec_data->erratumcount += 1;
+ newerr = (elf32_vfp11_erratum_list *)
+ bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (elf32_vfp11_erratum_list));
newerr->type = VFP11_ERRATUM_ARM_VENEER;
newerr->vma = -1;
return val;
}
-/* Note: we do not include the flag SEC_LINKER_CREATED, as that
- would prevent elf_link_input_bfd() from processing the contents
- of the section. */
#define ARM_GLUE_SECTION_FLAGS \
- (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_CODE | SEC_READONLY)
+ (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_CODE \
+ | SEC_READONLY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED)
/* Create a fake section for use by the ARM backend of the linker. */
if (info->relocatable)
return TRUE;
- /* Linker stubs don't need glue. */
- if (!strcmp (abfd->filename, "linker stubs"))
- return TRUE;
-
return arm_make_glue_section (abfd, ARM2THUMB_GLUE_SECTION_NAME)
&& arm_make_glue_section (abfd, THUMB2ARM_GLUE_SECTION_NAME)
&& arm_make_glue_section (abfd, VFP11_ERRATUM_VENEER_SECTION_NAME)
BFD_ASSERT (!(abfd->flags & DYNAMIC));
globals = elf32_arm_hash_table (info);
-
BFD_ASSERT (globals != NULL);
if (globals->bfd_of_glue_owner != NULL)
static void
check_use_blx (struct elf32_arm_link_hash_table *globals)
{
- if (bfd_elf_get_obj_attr_int (globals->obfd, OBJ_ATTR_PROC,
- Tag_CPU_arch) > 2)
- globals->use_blx = 1;
+ int cpu_arch;
+
+ cpu_arch = bfd_elf_get_obj_attr_int (globals->obfd, OBJ_ATTR_PROC,
+ Tag_CPU_arch);
+
+ if (globals->fix_arm1176)
+ {
+ if (cpu_arch == TAG_CPU_ARCH_V6T2 || cpu_arch > TAG_CPU_ARCH_V6K)
+ globals->use_blx = 1;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (cpu_arch > TAG_CPU_ARCH_V4T)
+ globals->use_blx = 1;
+ }
}
bfd_boolean
/* Here we have a bfd that is to be included on the link. We have a
hook to do reloc rummaging, before section sizes are nailed down. */
globals = elf32_arm_hash_table (link_info);
-
BFD_ASSERT (globals != NULL);
check_use_blx (globals);
/* These are the only relocation types we care about. */
if ( r_type != R_ARM_PC24
- && r_type != R_ARM_PLT32
- && r_type != R_ARM_JUMP24
- && r_type != R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
&& (r_type != R_ARM_V4BX || globals->fix_v4bx < 2))
continue;
/* If the call will go through a PLT entry then we do not need
glue. */
- if (globals->splt != NULL && h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
+ if (globals->root.splt != NULL && h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
continue;
switch (r_type)
{
case R_ARM_PC24:
- case R_ARM_PLT32:
- case R_ARM_JUMP24:
/* This one is a call from arm code. We need to look up
the target of the call. If it is a thumb target, we
insert glue. */
- if (ELF_ST_TYPE (h->type) == STT_ARM_TFUNC)
+ if (h->target_internal == ST_BRANCH_TO_THUMB)
record_arm_to_thumb_glue (link_info, h);
break;
- case R_ARM_THM_JUMP24:
- /* This one is a call from thumb code. We look
- up the target of the call. If it is not a thumb
- target, we insert glue. */
- if (ELF_ST_TYPE (h->type) != STT_ARM_TFUNC
- && !(globals->use_blx && r_type == R_ARM_THM_CALL)
- && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
- record_thumb_to_arm_glue (link_info, h);
- break;
-
default:
abort ();
}
}
+/* Auto-select enabling of Cortex-A8 erratum fix if the user didn't explicitly
+ say what they wanted. */
+
+void
+bfd_elf32_arm_set_cortex_a8_fix (bfd *obfd, struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
+{
+ struct elf32_arm_link_hash_table *globals = elf32_arm_hash_table (link_info);
+ obj_attribute *out_attr = elf_known_obj_attributes_proc (obfd);
+
+ if (globals == NULL)
+ return;
+
+ if (globals->fix_cortex_a8 == -1)
+ {
+ /* Turn on Cortex-A8 erratum workaround for ARMv7-A. */
+ if (out_attr[Tag_CPU_arch].i == TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7
+ && (out_attr[Tag_CPU_arch_profile].i == 'A'
+ || out_attr[Tag_CPU_arch_profile].i == 0))
+ globals->fix_cortex_a8 = 1;
+ else
+ globals->fix_cortex_a8 = 0;
+ }
+}
+
+
void
bfd_elf32_arm_set_vfp11_fix (bfd *obfd, struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
{
struct elf32_arm_link_hash_table *globals = elf32_arm_hash_table (link_info);
obj_attribute *out_attr = elf_known_obj_attributes_proc (obfd);
+ if (globals == NULL)
+ return;
/* We assume that ARMv7+ does not need the VFP11 denorm erratum fix. */
if (out_attr[Tag_CPU_arch].i >= TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7)
{
bfd_arm_vfp11_insn_decode (unsigned int insn, unsigned int *destmask, int *regs,
int *numregs)
{
- enum bfd_arm_vfp11_pipe pipe = VFP11_BAD;
+ enum bfd_arm_vfp11_pipe vpipe = VFP11_BAD;
bfd_boolean is_double = ((insn & 0xf00) == 0xb00) ? 1 : 0;
if ((insn & 0x0f000e10) == 0x0e000a00) /* A data-processing insn. */
case 1: /* fnmac[sd]. */
case 2: /* fmsc[sd]. */
case 3: /* fnmsc[sd]. */
- pipe = VFP11_FMAC;
+ vpipe = VFP11_FMAC;
bfd_arm_vfp11_write_mask (destmask, fd);
regs[0] = fd;
regs[1] = bfd_arm_vfp11_regno (insn, is_double, 16, 7); /* Fn. */
case 5: /* fnmul[sd]. */
case 6: /* fadd[sd]. */
case 7: /* fsub[sd]. */
- pipe = VFP11_FMAC;
+ vpipe = VFP11_FMAC;
goto vfp_binop;
case 8: /* fdiv[sd]. */
- pipe = VFP11_DS;
+ vpipe = VFP11_DS;
vfp_binop:
bfd_arm_vfp11_write_mask (destmask, fd);
regs[0] = bfd_arm_vfp11_regno (insn, is_double, 16, 7); /* Fn. */
case 27: /* ftosiz[sd]. */
/* These instructions will not bounce due to underflow. */
*numregs = 0;
- pipe = VFP11_FMAC;
+ vpipe = VFP11_FMAC;
break;
case 3: /* fsqrt[sd]. */
/* fsqrt cannot underflow, but it can (perhaps) overwrite
registers to cause the erratum in previous instructions. */
bfd_arm_vfp11_write_mask (destmask, fd);
- pipe = VFP11_DS;
+ vpipe = VFP11_DS;
break;
case 15: /* fcvt{ds,sd}. */
*numregs = rnum;
- pipe = VFP11_FMAC;
+ vpipe = VFP11_FMAC;
}
break;
}
}
- pipe = VFP11_LS;
+ vpipe = VFP11_LS;
}
else if ((insn & 0x0e100e00) == 0x0c100a00) /* A load insn. */
{
return VFP11_BAD;
}
- pipe = VFP11_LS;
+ vpipe = VFP11_LS;
}
/* Single-register transfer. Note L==0. */
else if ((insn & 0x0f100e10) == 0x0e000a10)
break;
}
- pipe = VFP11_LS;
+ vpipe = VFP11_LS;
}
- return pipe;
+ return vpipe;
}
struct elf32_arm_link_hash_table *globals = elf32_arm_hash_table (link_info);
int use_vector = (globals->vfp11_fix == BFD_ARM_VFP11_FIX_VECTOR);
+ if (globals == NULL)
+ return FALSE;
+
/* We use a simple FSM to match troublesome VFP11 instruction sequences.
The states transition as follows:
| (contents[i + 1] << 8)
| contents[i];
unsigned int writemask = 0;
- enum bfd_arm_vfp11_pipe pipe;
+ enum bfd_arm_vfp11_pipe vpipe;
switch (state)
{
case 0:
- pipe = bfd_arm_vfp11_insn_decode (insn, &writemask, regs,
+ vpipe = bfd_arm_vfp11_insn_decode (insn, &writemask, regs,
&numregs);
/* I'm assuming the VFP11 erratum can trigger with denorm
operands on either the FMAC or the DS pipeline. This might
lead to slightly overenthusiastic veneer insertion. */
- if (pipe == VFP11_FMAC || pipe == VFP11_DS)
+ if (vpipe == VFP11_FMAC || vpipe == VFP11_DS)
{
state = use_vector ? 1 : 2;
first_fmac = i;
case 1:
{
int other_regs[3], other_numregs;
- pipe = bfd_arm_vfp11_insn_decode (insn, &writemask,
+ vpipe = bfd_arm_vfp11_insn_decode (insn, &writemask,
other_regs,
&other_numregs);
- if (pipe != VFP11_BAD
+ if (vpipe != VFP11_BAD
&& bfd_arm_vfp11_antidependency (writemask, regs,
numregs))
state = 3;
case 2:
{
int other_regs[3], other_numregs;
- pipe = bfd_arm_vfp11_insn_decode (insn, &writemask,
+ vpipe = bfd_arm_vfp11_insn_decode (insn, &writemask,
other_regs,
&other_numregs);
- if (pipe != VFP11_BAD
+ if (vpipe != VFP11_BAD
&& bfd_arm_vfp11_antidependency (writemask, regs,
numregs))
state = 3;
if (state == 3)
{
- elf32_vfp11_erratum_list *newerr
- = bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (elf32_vfp11_erratum_list));
- int errcount;
+ elf32_vfp11_erratum_list *newerr =(elf32_vfp11_erratum_list *)
+ bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (elf32_vfp11_erratum_list));
- errcount = ++(elf32_arm_section_data (sec)->erratumcount);
+ elf32_arm_section_data (sec)->erratumcount += 1;
newerr->u.b.vfp_insn = veneer_of_insn;
return;
globals = elf32_arm_hash_table (link_info);
+ if (globals == NULL)
+ return;
- tmp_name = bfd_malloc ((bfd_size_type) strlen
- (VFP11_ERRATUM_VENEER_ENTRY_NAME) + 10);
+ tmp_name = (char *) bfd_malloc ((bfd_size_type) strlen
+ (VFP11_ERRATUM_VENEER_ENTRY_NAME) + 10);
for (sec = abfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
{
int use_blx,
bfd_arm_vfp11_fix vfp11_fix,
int no_enum_warn, int no_wchar_warn,
- int pic_veneer)
+ int pic_veneer, int fix_cortex_a8,
+ int fix_arm1176)
{
struct elf32_arm_link_hash_table *globals;
globals = elf32_arm_hash_table (link_info);
+ if (globals == NULL)
+ return;
globals->target1_is_rel = target1_is_rel;
if (strcmp (target2_type, "rel") == 0)
globals->use_blx |= use_blx;
globals->vfp11_fix = vfp11_fix;
globals->pic_veneer = pic_veneer;
+ globals->fix_cortex_a8 = fix_cortex_a8;
+ globals->fix_arm1176 = fix_arm1176;
BFD_ASSERT (is_arm_elf (output_bfd));
elf_arm_tdata (output_bfd)->no_enum_size_warning = no_enum_warn;
return FALSE;
globals = elf32_arm_hash_table (info);
-
BFD_ASSERT (globals != NULL);
BFD_ASSERT (globals->bfd_of_glue_owner != NULL);
return NULL;
globals = elf32_arm_hash_table (info);
-
BFD_ASSERT (globals != NULL);
BFD_ASSERT (globals->bfd_of_glue_owner != NULL);
struct elf32_arm_link_hash_table * globals;
globals = elf32_arm_hash_table (info);
-
BFD_ASSERT (globals != NULL);
BFD_ASSERT (globals->bfd_of_glue_owner != NULL);
return TRUE;
globals = elf32_arm_hash_table (info);
-
BFD_ASSERT (globals != NULL);
BFD_ASSERT (globals->bfd_of_glue_owner != NULL);
struct elf32_arm_link_hash_table *globals;
globals = elf32_arm_hash_table (info);
-
BFD_ASSERT (globals != NULL);
BFD_ASSERT (globals->bfd_of_glue_owner != NULL);
return;
globals = elf32_arm_hash_table (link_info);
+ if (globals == NULL)
+ return;
+
/* If blx is available then exported Thumb symbols are OK and there is
nothing to do. */
if (globals->use_blx)
link_info);
}
+/* Reserve space for COUNT dynamic relocations in relocation selection
+ SRELOC. */
+
+static void
+elf32_arm_allocate_dynrelocs (struct bfd_link_info *info, asection *sreloc,
+ bfd_size_type count)
+{
+ struct elf32_arm_link_hash_table *htab;
+
+ htab = elf32_arm_hash_table (info);
+ BFD_ASSERT (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created);
+ if (sreloc == NULL)
+ abort ();
+ sreloc->size += RELOC_SIZE (htab) * count;
+}
+
+/* Reserve space for COUNT R_ARM_IRELATIVE relocations. If the link is
+ dynamic, the relocations should go in SRELOC, otherwise they should
+ go in the special .rel.iplt section. */
+
+static void
+elf32_arm_allocate_irelocs (struct bfd_link_info *info, asection *sreloc,
+ bfd_size_type count)
+{
+ struct elf32_arm_link_hash_table *htab;
+
+ htab = elf32_arm_hash_table (info);
+ if (!htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)
+ htab->root.irelplt->size += RELOC_SIZE (htab) * count;
+ else
+ {
+ BFD_ASSERT (sreloc != NULL);
+ sreloc->size += RELOC_SIZE (htab) * count;
+ }
+}
+
+/* Add relocation REL to the end of relocation section SRELOC. */
+
+static void
+elf32_arm_add_dynreloc (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
+ asection *sreloc, Elf_Internal_Rela *rel)
+{
+ bfd_byte *loc;
+ struct elf32_arm_link_hash_table *htab;
+
+ htab = elf32_arm_hash_table (info);
+ if (!htab->root.dynamic_sections_created
+ && ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_ARM_IRELATIVE)
+ sreloc = htab->root.irelplt;
+ if (sreloc == NULL)
+ abort ();
+ loc = sreloc->contents;
+ loc += sreloc->reloc_count++ * RELOC_SIZE (htab);
+ if (sreloc->reloc_count * RELOC_SIZE (htab) > sreloc->size)
+ abort ();
+ SWAP_RELOC_OUT (htab) (output_bfd, rel, loc);
+}
+
+/* Allocate room for a PLT entry described by ROOT_PLT and ARM_PLT.
+ IS_IPLT_ENTRY says whether the entry belongs to .iplt rather than
+ to .plt. */
+
+static void
+elf32_arm_allocate_plt_entry (struct bfd_link_info *info,
+ bfd_boolean is_iplt_entry,
+ union gotplt_union *root_plt,
+ struct arm_plt_info *arm_plt)
+{
+ struct elf32_arm_link_hash_table *htab;
+ asection *splt;
+ asection *sgotplt;
+
+ htab = elf32_arm_hash_table (info);
+
+ if (is_iplt_entry)
+ {
+ splt = htab->root.iplt;
+ sgotplt = htab->root.igotplt;
+
+ /* Allocate room for an R_ARM_IRELATIVE relocation in .rel.iplt. */
+ elf32_arm_allocate_irelocs (info, htab->root.irelplt, 1);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ splt = htab->root.splt;
+ sgotplt = htab->root.sgotplt;
+
+ /* Allocate room for an R_JUMP_SLOT relocation in .rel.plt. */
+ elf32_arm_allocate_dynrelocs (info, htab->root.srelplt, 1);
+
+ /* If this is the first .plt entry, make room for the special
+ first entry. */
+ if (splt->size == 0)
+ splt->size += htab->plt_header_size;
+ }
+
+ /* Allocate the PLT entry itself, including any leading Thumb stub. */
+ if (elf32_arm_plt_needs_thumb_stub_p (info, arm_plt))
+ splt->size += PLT_THUMB_STUB_SIZE;
+ root_plt->offset = splt->size;
+ splt->size += htab->plt_entry_size;
+
+ if (!htab->symbian_p)
+ {
+ /* We also need to make an entry in the .got.plt section, which
+ will be placed in the .got section by the linker script. */
+ arm_plt->got_offset = sgotplt->size - 8 * htab->num_tls_desc;
+ sgotplt->size += 4;
+ }
+}
+
+/* Fill in a PLT entry and its associated GOT slot. If DYNINDX == -1,
+ the entry lives in .iplt and resolves to (*SYM_VALUE)().
+ Otherwise, DYNINDX is the index of the symbol in the dynamic
+ symbol table and SYM_VALUE is undefined.
+
+ ROOT_PLT points to the offset of the PLT entry from the start of its
+ section (.iplt or .plt). ARM_PLT points to the symbol's ARM-specific
+ bookkeeping information. */
+
+static void
+elf32_arm_populate_plt_entry (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
+ union gotplt_union *root_plt,
+ struct arm_plt_info *arm_plt,
+ int dynindx, bfd_vma sym_value)
+{
+ struct elf32_arm_link_hash_table *htab;
+ asection *sgot;
+ asection *splt;
+ asection *srel;
+ bfd_byte *loc;
+ bfd_vma plt_index;
+ Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
+ bfd_vma plt_header_size;
+ bfd_vma got_header_size;
+
+ htab = elf32_arm_hash_table (info);
+
+ /* Pick the appropriate sections and sizes. */
+ if (dynindx == -1)
+ {
+ splt = htab->root.iplt;
+ sgot = htab->root.igotplt;
+ srel = htab->root.irelplt;
+
+ /* There are no reserved entries in .igot.plt, and no special
+ first entry in .iplt. */
+ got_header_size = 0;
+ plt_header_size = 0;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ splt = htab->root.splt;
+ sgot = htab->root.sgotplt;
+ srel = htab->root.srelplt;
+
+ got_header_size = get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd)->got_header_size;
+ plt_header_size = htab->plt_header_size;
+ }
+ BFD_ASSERT (splt != NULL && srel != NULL);
+
+ /* Fill in the entry in the procedure linkage table. */
+ if (htab->symbian_p)
+ {
+ BFD_ASSERT (dynindx >= 0);
+ put_arm_insn (htab, output_bfd,
+ elf32_arm_symbian_plt_entry[0],
+ splt->contents + root_plt->offset);
+ bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
+ elf32_arm_symbian_plt_entry[1],
+ splt->contents + root_plt->offset + 4);
+
+ /* Fill in the entry in the .rel.plt section. */
+ rel.r_offset = (splt->output_section->vma
+ + splt->output_offset
+ + root_plt->offset + 4);
+ rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, R_ARM_GLOB_DAT);
+
+ /* Get the index in the procedure linkage table which
+ corresponds to this symbol. This is the index of this symbol
+ in all the symbols for which we are making plt entries. The
+ first entry in the procedure linkage table is reserved. */
+ plt_index = ((root_plt->offset - plt_header_size)
+ / htab->plt_entry_size);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ bfd_vma got_offset, got_address, plt_address;
+ bfd_vma got_displacement, initial_got_entry;
+ bfd_byte * ptr;
+
+ BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL);
+
+ /* Get the offset into the .(i)got.plt table of the entry that
+ corresponds to this function. */
+ got_offset = (arm_plt->got_offset & -2);
+
+ /* Get the index in the procedure linkage table which
+ corresponds to this symbol. This is the index of this symbol
+ in all the symbols for which we are making plt entries.
+ After the reserved .got.plt entries, all symbols appear in
+ the same order as in .plt. */
+ plt_index = (got_offset - got_header_size) / 4;
+
+ /* Calculate the address of the GOT entry. */
+ got_address = (sgot->output_section->vma
+ + sgot->output_offset
+ + got_offset);
+
+ /* ...and the address of the PLT entry. */
+ plt_address = (splt->output_section->vma
+ + splt->output_offset
+ + root_plt->offset);
+
+ ptr = splt->contents + root_plt->offset;
+ if (htab->vxworks_p && info->shared)
+ {
+ unsigned int i;
+ bfd_vma val;
+
+ for (i = 0; i != htab->plt_entry_size / 4; i++, ptr += 4)
+ {
+ val = elf32_arm_vxworks_shared_plt_entry[i];
+ if (i == 2)
+ val |= got_address - sgot->output_section->vma;
+ if (i == 5)
+ val |= plt_index * RELOC_SIZE (htab);
+ if (i == 2 || i == 5)
+ bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, val, ptr);
+ else
+ put_arm_insn (htab, output_bfd, val, ptr);
+ }
+ }
+ else if (htab->vxworks_p)
+ {
+ unsigned int i;
+ bfd_vma val;
+
+ for (i = 0; i != htab->plt_entry_size / 4; i++, ptr += 4)
+ {
+ val = elf32_arm_vxworks_exec_plt_entry[i];
+ if (i == 2)
+ val |= got_address;
+ if (i == 4)
+ val |= 0xffffff & -((root_plt->offset + i * 4 + 8) >> 2);
+ if (i == 5)
+ val |= plt_index * RELOC_SIZE (htab);
+ if (i == 2 || i == 5)
+ bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, val, ptr);
+ else
+ put_arm_insn (htab, output_bfd, val, ptr);
+ }
+
+ loc = (htab->srelplt2->contents
+ + (plt_index * 2 + 1) * RELOC_SIZE (htab));
+
+ /* Create the .rela.plt.unloaded R_ARM_ABS32 relocation
+ referencing the GOT for this PLT entry. */
+ rel.r_offset = plt_address + 8;
+ rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_ARM_ABS32);
+ rel.r_addend = got_offset;
+ SWAP_RELOC_OUT (htab) (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
+ loc += RELOC_SIZE (htab);
+
+ /* Create the R_ARM_ABS32 relocation referencing the
+ beginning of the PLT for this GOT entry. */
+ rel.r_offset = got_address;
+ rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hplt->indx, R_ARM_ABS32);
+ rel.r_addend = 0;
+ SWAP_RELOC_OUT (htab) (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Calculate the displacement between the PLT slot and the
+ entry in the GOT. The eight-byte offset accounts for the
+ value produced by adding to pc in the first instruction
+ of the PLT stub. */
+ got_displacement = got_address - (plt_address + 8);
+
+ BFD_ASSERT ((got_displacement & 0xf0000000) == 0);
+
+ if (elf32_arm_plt_needs_thumb_stub_p (info, arm_plt))
+ {
+ put_thumb_insn (htab, output_bfd,
+ elf32_arm_plt_thumb_stub[0], ptr - 4);
+ put_thumb_insn (htab, output_bfd,
+ elf32_arm_plt_thumb_stub[1], ptr - 2);
+ }
+
+ put_arm_insn (htab, output_bfd,
+ elf32_arm_plt_entry[0]
+ | ((got_displacement & 0x0ff00000) >> 20),
+ ptr + 0);
+ put_arm_insn (htab, output_bfd,
+ elf32_arm_plt_entry[1]
+ | ((got_displacement & 0x000ff000) >> 12),
+ ptr+ 4);
+ put_arm_insn (htab, output_bfd,
+ elf32_arm_plt_entry[2]
+ | (got_displacement & 0x00000fff),
+ ptr + 8);
+#ifdef FOUR_WORD_PLT
+ bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, elf32_arm_plt_entry[3], ptr + 12);
+#endif
+ }
+
+ /* Fill in the entry in the .rel(a).(i)plt section. */
+ rel.r_offset = got_address;
+ rel.r_addend = 0;
+ if (dynindx == -1)
+ {
+ /* .igot.plt entries use IRELATIVE relocations against SYM_VALUE.
+ The dynamic linker or static executable then calls SYM_VALUE
+ to determine the correct run-time value of the .igot.plt entry. */
+ rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_ARM_IRELATIVE);
+ initial_got_entry = sym_value;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, R_ARM_JUMP_SLOT);
+ initial_got_entry = (splt->output_section->vma
+ + splt->output_offset);
+ }
+
+ /* Fill in the entry in the global offset table. */
+ bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, initial_got_entry,
+ sgot->contents + got_offset);
+ }
+
+ loc = srel->contents + plt_index * RELOC_SIZE (htab);
+ SWAP_RELOC_OUT (htab) (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
+}
+
/* Some relocations map to different relocations depending on the
target. Return the real relocation. */
return bfd_reloc_ok;
}
-/* For a given value of n, calculate the value of G_n as required to
- deal with group relocations. We return it in the form of an
- encoded constant-and-rotation, together with the final residual. If n is
- specified as less than zero, then final_residual is filled with the
- input value and no further action is performed. */
+/* Handle TLS relaxations. Relaxing is possible for symbols that use
+ R_ARM_GOTDESC, R_ARM_{,THM_}TLS_CALL or
+ R_ARM_{,THM_}TLS_DESCSEQ relocations, during a static link.
-static bfd_vma
-calculate_group_reloc_mask (bfd_vma value, int n, bfd_vma *final_residual)
-{
- int current_n;
- bfd_vma g_n;
- bfd_vma encoded_g_n = 0;
- bfd_vma residual = value; /* Also known as Y_n. */
+ Return bfd_reloc_ok if we're done, bfd_reloc_continue if the caller
+ is to then call final_link_relocate. Return other values in the
+ case of error.
- for (current_n = 0; current_n <= n; current_n++)
- {
- int shift;
+ FIXME:When --emit-relocs is in effect, we'll emit relocs describing
+ the pre-relaxed code. It would be nice if the relocs were updated
+ to match the optimization. */
- /* Calculate which part of the value to mask. */
- if (residual == 0)
- shift = 0;
+static bfd_reloc_status_type
+elf32_arm_tls_relax (struct elf32_arm_link_hash_table *globals,
+ bfd *input_bfd, asection *input_sec, bfd_byte *contents,
+ Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, unsigned long is_local)
+{
+ unsigned long insn;
+
+ switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
+ {
+ default:
+ return bfd_reloc_notsupported;
+
+ case R_ARM_TLS_GOTDESC:
+ if (is_local)
+ insn = 0;
else
- {
- int msb;
-
- /* Determine the most significant bit in the residual and
+ {
+ insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
+ if (insn & 1)
+ insn -= 5; /* THUMB */
+ else
+ insn -= 8; /* ARM */
+ }
+ bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset);
+ return bfd_reloc_continue;
+
+ case R_ARM_THM_TLS_DESCSEQ:
+ /* Thumb insn. */
+ insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
+ if ((insn & 0xff78) == 0x4478) /* add rx, pc */
+ {
+ if (is_local)
+ /* nop */
+ bfd_put_16 (input_bfd, 0x46c0, contents + rel->r_offset);
+ }
+ else if ((insn & 0xffc0) == 0x6840) /* ldr rx,[ry,#4] */
+ {
+ if (is_local)
+ /* nop */
+ bfd_put_16 (input_bfd, 0x46c0, contents + rel->r_offset);
+ else
+ /* ldr rx,[ry] */
+ bfd_put_16 (input_bfd, insn & 0xf83f, contents + rel->r_offset);
+ }
+ else if ((insn & 0xff87) == 0x4780) /* blx rx */
+ {
+ if (is_local)
+ /* nop */
+ bfd_put_16 (input_bfd, 0x46c0, contents + rel->r_offset);
+ else
+ /* mov r0, rx */
+ bfd_put_16 (input_bfd, 0x4600 | (insn & 0x78),
+ contents + rel->r_offset);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if ((insn & 0xf000) == 0xf000 || (insn & 0xf800) == 0xe800)
+ /* It's a 32 bit instruction, fetch the rest of it for
+ error generation. */
+ insn = (insn << 16)
+ | bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset + 2);
+ (*_bfd_error_handler)
+ (_("%B(%A+0x%lx):unexpected Thumb instruction '0x%x' in TLS trampoline"),
+ input_bfd, input_sec, (unsigned long)rel->r_offset, insn);
+ return bfd_reloc_notsupported;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case R_ARM_TLS_DESCSEQ:
+ /* arm insn. */
+ insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
+ if ((insn & 0xffff0ff0) == 0xe08f0000) /* add rx,pc,ry */
+ {
+ if (is_local)
+ /* mov rx, ry */
+ bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, 0xe1a00000 | (insn & 0xffff),
+ contents + rel->r_offset);
+ }
+ else if ((insn & 0xfff00fff) == 0xe5900004) /* ldr rx,[ry,#4]*/
+ {
+ if (is_local)
+ /* nop */
+ bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, 0xe1a00000, contents + rel->r_offset);
+ else
+ /* ldr rx,[ry] */
+ bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn & 0xfffff000,
+ contents + rel->r_offset);
+ }
+ else if ((insn & 0xfffffff0) == 0xe12fff30) /* blx rx */
+ {
+ if (is_local)
+ /* nop */
+ bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, 0xe1a00000, contents + rel->r_offset);
+ else
+ /* mov r0, rx */
+ bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, 0xe1a00000 | (insn & 0xf),
+ contents + rel->r_offset);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ (*_bfd_error_handler)
+ (_("%B(%A+0x%lx):unexpected ARM instruction '0x%x' in TLS trampoline"),
+ input_bfd, input_sec, (unsigned long)rel->r_offset, insn);
+ return bfd_reloc_notsupported;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case R_ARM_TLS_CALL:
+ /* GD->IE relaxation, turn the instruction into 'nop' or
+ 'ldr r0, [pc,r0]' */
+ insn = is_local ? 0xe1a00000 : 0xe79f0000;
+ bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset);
+ break;
+
+ case R_ARM_THM_TLS_CALL:
+ /* GD->IE relaxation */
+ if (!is_local)
+ /* add r0,pc; ldr r0, [r0] */
+ insn = 0x44786800;
+ else if (arch_has_thumb2_nop (globals))
+ /* nop.w */
+ insn = 0xf3af8000;
+ else
+ /* nop; nop */
+ insn = 0xbf00bf00;
+
+ bfd_put_16 (input_bfd, insn >> 16, contents + rel->r_offset);
+ bfd_put_16 (input_bfd, insn & 0xffff, contents + rel->r_offset + 2);
+ break;
+ }
+ return bfd_reloc_ok;
+}
+
+/* For a given value of n, calculate the value of G_n as required to
+ deal with group relocations. We return it in the form of an
+ encoded constant-and-rotation, together with the final residual. If n is
+ specified as less than zero, then final_residual is filled with the
+ input value and no further action is performed. */
+
+static bfd_vma
+calculate_group_reloc_mask (bfd_vma value, int n, bfd_vma *final_residual)
+{
+ int current_n;
+ bfd_vma g_n;
+ bfd_vma encoded_g_n = 0;
+ bfd_vma residual = value; /* Also known as Y_n. */
+
+ for (current_n = 0; current_n <= n; current_n++)
+ {
+ int shift;
+
+ /* Calculate which part of the value to mask. */
+ if (residual == 0)
+ shift = 0;
+ else
+ {
+ int msb;
+
+ /* Determine the most significant bit in the residual and
align the resulting value to a 2-bit boundary. */
for (msb = 30; msb >= 0; msb -= 2)
if (residual & (3 << msb))
struct bfd_link_info * info,
asection * sym_sec,
const char * sym_name,
- int sym_flags,
+ unsigned char st_type,
+ enum arm_st_branch_type branch_type,
struct elf_link_hash_entry * h,
bfd_boolean * unresolved_reloc_p,
char ** error_message)
unsigned long r_type = howto->type;
unsigned long r_symndx;
bfd_byte * hit_data = contents + rel->r_offset;
- bfd * dynobj = NULL;
- Elf_Internal_Shdr * symtab_hdr;
- struct elf_link_hash_entry ** sym_hashes;
bfd_vma * local_got_offsets;
- asection * sgot = NULL;
- asection * splt = NULL;
+ bfd_vma * local_tlsdesc_gotents;
+ asection * sgot;
+ asection * splt;
asection * sreloc = NULL;
+ asection * srelgot;
bfd_vma addend;
bfd_signed_vma signed_addend;
+ unsigned char dynreloc_st_type;
+ bfd_vma dynreloc_value;
struct elf32_arm_link_hash_table * globals;
+ struct elf32_arm_link_hash_entry *eh;
+ union gotplt_union *root_plt;
+ struct arm_plt_info *arm_plt;
+ bfd_vma plt_offset;
+ bfd_vma gotplt_offset;
+ bfd_boolean has_iplt_entry;
globals = elf32_arm_hash_table (info);
+ if (globals == NULL)
+ return bfd_reloc_notsupported;
BFD_ASSERT (is_arm_elf (input_bfd));
/* Some relocation types map to different relocations depending on the
target. We pick the right one here. */
r_type = arm_real_reloc_type (globals, r_type);
+
+ /* It is possible to have linker relaxations on some TLS access
+ models. Update our information here. */
+ r_type = elf32_arm_tls_transition (info, r_type, h);
+
if (r_type != howto->type)
howto = elf32_arm_howto_from_type (r_type);
if (bfd_get_start_address (output_bfd) != 0)
elf_elfheader (output_bfd)->e_flags |= EF_ARM_HASENTRY;
- dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
- if (dynobj)
- {
- sgot = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".got");
- splt = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".plt");
- }
- symtab_hdr = & elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd);
- sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd);
+ eh = (struct elf32_arm_link_hash_entry *) h;
+ sgot = globals->root.sgot;
local_got_offsets = elf_local_got_offsets (input_bfd);
+ local_tlsdesc_gotents = elf32_arm_local_tlsdesc_gotent (input_bfd);
+
+ if (globals->root.dynamic_sections_created)
+ srelgot = globals->root.srelgot;
+ else
+ srelgot = NULL;
+
r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
if (globals->use_rel)
else
addend = signed_addend = rel->r_addend;
+ /* Record the symbol information that should be used in dynamic
+ relocations. */
+ dynreloc_st_type = st_type;
+ dynreloc_value = value;
+ if (branch_type == ST_BRANCH_TO_THUMB)
+ dynreloc_value |= 1;
+
+ /* Find out whether the symbol has a PLT. Set ST_VALUE, BRANCH_TYPE and
+ VALUE appropriately for relocations that we resolve at link time. */
+ has_iplt_entry = FALSE;
+ if (elf32_arm_get_plt_info (input_bfd, eh, r_symndx, &root_plt, &arm_plt)
+ && root_plt->offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
+ {
+ plt_offset = root_plt->offset;
+ gotplt_offset = arm_plt->got_offset;
+
+ if (h == NULL || eh->is_iplt)
+ {
+ has_iplt_entry = TRUE;
+ splt = globals->root.iplt;
+
+ /* Populate .iplt entries here, because not all of them will
+ be seen by finish_dynamic_symbol. The lower bit is set if
+ we have already populated the entry. */
+ if (plt_offset & 1)
+ plt_offset--;
+ else
+ {
+ elf32_arm_populate_plt_entry (output_bfd, info, root_plt, arm_plt,
+ -1, dynreloc_value);
+ root_plt->offset |= 1;
+ }
+
+ /* Static relocations always resolve to the .iplt entry. */
+ st_type = STT_FUNC;
+ value = (splt->output_section->vma
+ + splt->output_offset
+ + plt_offset);
+ branch_type = ST_BRANCH_TO_ARM;
+
+ /* If there are non-call relocations that resolve to the .iplt
+ entry, then all dynamic ones must too. */
+ if (arm_plt->noncall_refcount != 0)
+ {
+ dynreloc_st_type = st_type;
+ dynreloc_value = value;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ /* We populate the .plt entry in finish_dynamic_symbol. */
+ splt = globals->root.splt;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ splt = NULL;
+ plt_offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
+ gotplt_offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
+ }
+
switch (r_type)
{
case R_ARM_NONE:
far away, in which case a long branch stub should be inserted. */
if ((r_type != R_ARM_ABS32 && r_type != R_ARM_REL32
&& r_type != R_ARM_ABS32_NOI && r_type != R_ARM_REL32_NOI
- && r_type != R_ARM_CALL)
- && h != NULL
- && splt != NULL
- && h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
+ && r_type != R_ARM_CALL
+ && r_type != R_ARM_JUMP24
+ && r_type != R_ARM_PLT32)
+ && plt_offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
{
- /* If we've created a .plt section, and assigned a PLT entry to
- this function, it should not be known to bind locally. If
- it were, we would have cleared the PLT entry. */
- BFD_ASSERT (!SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h));
+ /* If we've created a .plt section, and assigned a PLT entry
+ to this function, it must either be a STT_GNU_IFUNC reference
+ or not be known to bind locally. In other cases, we should
+ have cleared the PLT entry by now. */
+ BFD_ASSERT (has_iplt_entry || !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h));
value = (splt->output_section->vma
+ splt->output_offset
- + h->plt.offset);
+ + plt_offset);
*unresolved_reloc_p = FALSE;
return _bfd_final_link_relocate (howto, input_bfd, input_section,
contents, rel->r_offset, value,
run time. */
if ((info->shared || globals->root.is_relocatable_executable)
&& (input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC)
- && !(elf32_arm_hash_table (info)->vxworks_p
+ && !(globals->vxworks_p
&& strcmp (input_section->output_section->name,
".tls_vars") == 0)
&& ((r_type != R_ARM_REL32 && r_type != R_ARM_REL32_NOI)
|| !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
+ && (!strstr (input_section->name, STUB_SUFFIX))
&& (h == NULL
|| ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
|| h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
&& r_type != R_ARM_PLT32)
{
Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
- bfd_byte *loc;
bfd_boolean skip, relocate;
*unresolved_reloc_p = FALSE;
- if (sreloc == NULL)
+ if (sreloc == NULL && globals->root.dynamic_sections_created)
{
sreloc = _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_section (input_bfd, input_section,
! globals->use_rel);
int symbol;
/* This symbol is local, or marked to become local. */
- if (sym_flags == STT_ARM_TFUNC)
- value |= 1;
+ BFD_ASSERT (r_type == R_ARM_ABS32 || r_type == R_ARM_ABS32_NOI);
if (globals->symbian_p)
{
asection *osec;
relocate the text and data segments independently,
so the symbol does not matter. */
symbol = 0;
- outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (symbol, R_ARM_RELATIVE);
+ if (dynreloc_st_type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
+ /* We have an STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol that doesn't resolve
+ to the .iplt entry. Instead, every non-call reference
+ must use an R_ARM_IRELATIVE relocation to obtain the
+ correct run-time address. */
+ outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (symbol, R_ARM_IRELATIVE);
+ else
+ outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (symbol, R_ARM_RELATIVE);
if (globals->use_rel)
relocate = TRUE;
else
- outrel.r_addend += value;
+ outrel.r_addend += dynreloc_value;
}
- loc = sreloc->contents;
- loc += sreloc->reloc_count++ * RELOC_SIZE (globals);
- SWAP_RELOC_OUT (globals) (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
+ elf32_arm_add_dynreloc (output_bfd, info, sreloc, &outrel);
/* If this reloc is against an external symbol, we do not want to
fiddle with the addend. Otherwise, we need to include the symbol
return bfd_reloc_ok;
return _bfd_final_link_relocate (howto, input_bfd, input_section,
- contents, rel->r_offset, value,
- (bfd_vma) 0);
+ contents, rel->r_offset,
+ dynreloc_value, (bfd_vma) 0);
}
else switch (r_type)
{
case R_ARM_PC24: /* Arm B/BL instruction. */
case R_ARM_PLT32:
{
- bfd_vma from;
- bfd_signed_vma branch_offset;
struct elf32_arm_stub_hash_entry *stub_entry = NULL;
if (r_type == R_ARM_XPC25)
/* Check for Arm calling Arm function. */
/* FIXME: Should we translate the instruction into a BL
instruction instead ? */
- if (sym_flags != STT_ARM_TFUNC)
+ if (branch_type != ST_BRANCH_TO_THUMB)
(*_bfd_error_handler)
(_("\%B: Warning: Arm BLX instruction targets Arm function '%s'."),
input_bfd,
h ? h->root.root.string : "(local)");
}
- else if (r_type != R_ARM_CALL)
+ else if (r_type == R_ARM_PC24)
{
/* Check for Arm calling Thumb function. */
- if (sym_flags == STT_ARM_TFUNC)
+ if (branch_type == ST_BRANCH_TO_THUMB)
{
if (elf32_arm_to_thumb_stub (info, sym_name, input_bfd,
output_bfd, input_section,
/* Check if a stub has to be inserted because the
destination is too far or we are changing mode. */
- if (r_type == R_ARM_CALL)
+ if ( r_type == R_ARM_CALL
+ || r_type == R_ARM_JUMP24
+ || r_type == R_ARM_PLT32)
{
- /* If the call goes through a PLT entry, make sure to
- check distance to the right destination address. */
- if (h != NULL && splt != NULL && h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
- {
- value = (splt->output_section->vma
- + splt->output_offset
- + h->plt.offset);
- *unresolved_reloc_p = FALSE;
- }
+ enum elf32_arm_stub_type stub_type = arm_stub_none;
+ struct elf32_arm_link_hash_entry *hash;
- from = (input_section->output_section->vma
- + input_section->output_offset
- + rel->r_offset);
- branch_offset = (bfd_signed_vma)(value - from);
+ hash = (struct elf32_arm_link_hash_entry *) h;
+ stub_type = arm_type_of_stub (info, input_section, rel,
+ st_type, &branch_type,
+ hash, value, sym_sec,
+ input_bfd, sym_name);
- if (branch_offset > ARM_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
- || branch_offset < ARM_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
- || sym_flags == STT_ARM_TFUNC)
+ if (stub_type != arm_stub_none)
{
/* The target is out of reach, so redirect the
branch to the local stub for this function. */
stub_entry = elf32_arm_get_stub_entry (input_section,
sym_sec, h,
- rel, globals);
+ rel, globals,
+ stub_type);
if (stub_entry != NULL)
value = (stub_entry->stub_offset
+ stub_entry->stub_sec->output_offset
+ stub_entry->stub_sec->output_section->vma);
}
+ else
+ {
+ /* If the call goes through a PLT entry, make sure to
+ check distance to the right destination address. */
+ if (plt_offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
+ {
+ value = (splt->output_section->vma
+ + splt->output_offset
+ + plt_offset);
+ *unresolved_reloc_p = FALSE;
+ /* The PLT entry is in ARM mode, regardless of the
+ target function. */
+ branch_type = ST_BRANCH_TO_ARM;
+ }
+ }
}
/* The ARM ELF ABI says that this reloc is computed as: S - P + A
signed_addend >>= howto->rightshift;
/* A branch to an undefined weak symbol is turned into a jump to
- the next instruction. */
- if (h && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
+ the next instruction unless a PLT entry will be created.
+ Do the same for local undefined symbols (but not for STN_UNDEF).
+ The jump to the next instruction is optimized as a NOP depending
+ on the architecture. */
+ if (h ? (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
+ && plt_offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
+ : r_symndx != STN_UNDEF && bfd_is_und_section (sym_sec))
{
- value = (bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, hit_data) & 0xf0000000)
- | 0x0affffff;
+ value = (bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, hit_data) & 0xf0000000);
+
+ if (arch_has_arm_nop (globals))
+ value |= 0x0320f000;
+ else
+ value |= 0x01a00000; /* Using pre-UAL nop: mov r0, r0. */
}
else
{
value = (signed_addend & howto->dst_mask)
| (bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, hit_data) & (~ howto->dst_mask));
- /* Set the H bit in the BLX instruction. */
- if (sym_flags == STT_ARM_TFUNC)
- {
- if (addend)
- value |= (1 << 24);
- else
- value &= ~(bfd_vma)(1 << 24);
- }
if (r_type == R_ARM_CALL)
{
+ /* Set the H bit in the BLX instruction. */
+ if (branch_type == ST_BRANCH_TO_THUMB)
+ {
+ if (addend)
+ value |= (1 << 24);
+ else
+ value &= ~(bfd_vma)(1 << 24);
+ }
+
/* Select the correct instruction (BL or BLX). */
/* Only if we are not handling a BL to a stub. In this
case, mode switching is performed by the stub. */
- if (sym_flags == STT_ARM_TFUNC && !stub_entry)
+ if (branch_type == ST_BRANCH_TO_THUMB && !stub_entry)
value |= (1 << 28);
- else
+ else if (stub_entry || branch_type != ST_BRANCH_UNKNOWN)
{
value &= ~(bfd_vma)(1 << 28);
value |= (1 << 24);
case R_ARM_ABS32:
value += addend;
- if (sym_flags == STT_ARM_TFUNC)
+ if (branch_type == ST_BRANCH_TO_THUMB)
value |= 1;
break;
case R_ARM_REL32:
value += addend;
- if (sym_flags == STT_ARM_TFUNC)
+ if (branch_type == ST_BRANCH_TO_THUMB)
value |= 1;
value -= (input_section->output_section->vma
+ input_section->output_offset + rel->r_offset);
}
value &= 0x7fffffff;
value |= (bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, hit_data) & 0x80000000);
- if (sym_flags == STT_ARM_TFUNC)
+ if (branch_type == ST_BRANCH_TO_THUMB)
value |= 1;
break;
}
case R_ARM_ABS8:
value += addend;
- if ((long) value > 0x7f || (long) value < -0x80)
+
+ /* There is no way to tell whether the user intended to use a signed or
+ unsigned addend. When checking for overflow we accept either,
+ as specified by the AAELF. */
+ if ((long) value > 0xff || (long) value < -0x80)
return bfd_reloc_overflow;
bfd_put_8 (input_bfd, value, hit_data);
case R_ARM_ABS16:
value += addend;
- if ((long) value > 0x7fff || (long) value < -0x8000)
+ /* See comment for R_ARM_ABS8. */
+ if ((long) value > 0xffff || (long) value < -0x8000)
return bfd_reloc_overflow;
bfd_put_16 (input_bfd, value, hit_data);
return bfd_reloc_ok;
}
+ case R_ARM_THM_PC8:
+ /* PR 10073: This reloc is not generated by the GNU toolchain,
+ but it is supported for compatibility with third party libraries
+ generated by other compilers, specifically the ARM/IAR. */
+ {
+ bfd_vma insn;
+ bfd_signed_vma relocation;
+
+ insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, hit_data);
+
+ if (globals->use_rel)
+ addend = (insn & 0x00ff) << 2;
+
+ relocation = value + addend;
+ relocation -= (input_section->output_section->vma
+ + input_section->output_offset
+ + rel->r_offset);
+
+ value = abs (relocation);
+
+ /* We do not check for overflow of this reloc. Although strictly
+ speaking this is incorrect, it appears to be necessary in order
+ to work with IAR generated relocs. Since GCC and GAS do not
+ generate R_ARM_THM_PC8 relocs, the lack of a check should not be
+ a problem for them. */
+ value &= 0x3fc;
+
+ insn = (insn & 0xff00) | (value >> 2);
+
+ bfd_put_16 (input_bfd, insn, hit_data);
+
+ return bfd_reloc_ok;
+ }
+
case R_ARM_THM_PC12:
/* Corresponds to: ldr.w reg, [pc, #offset]. */
{
bfd_vma check;
bfd_signed_vma signed_check;
int bitsize;
- int thumb2 = using_thumb2 (globals);
+ const int thumb2 = using_thumb2 (globals);
/* A branch to an undefined weak symbol is turned into a jump to
- the next instruction unless a PLT entry will be created. */
+ the next instruction unless a PLT entry will be created.
+ The jump to the next instruction is optimized as a NOP.W for
+ Thumb-2 enabled architectures. */
if (h && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
- && !(splt != NULL && h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1))
+ && plt_offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
{
- bfd_put_16 (input_bfd, 0xe000, hit_data);
- bfd_put_16 (input_bfd, 0xbf00, hit_data + 2);
+ if (arch_has_thumb2_nop (globals))
+ {
+ bfd_put_16 (input_bfd, 0xf3af, hit_data);
+ bfd_put_16 (input_bfd, 0x8000, hit_data + 2);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ bfd_put_16 (input_bfd, 0xe000, hit_data);
+ bfd_put_16 (input_bfd, 0xbf00, hit_data + 2);
+ }
return bfd_reloc_ok;
}
/* Check for Thumb to Thumb call. */
/* FIXME: Should we translate the instruction into a BL
instruction instead ? */
- if (sym_flags == STT_ARM_TFUNC)
+ if (branch_type == ST_BRANCH_TO_THUMB)
(*_bfd_error_handler)
(_("%B: Warning: Thumb BLX instruction targets thumb function '%s'."),
input_bfd,
If it is a call relative to a section name, then it is not a
function call at all, but rather a long jump. Calls through
the PLT do not require stubs. */
- if (sym_flags != STT_ARM_TFUNC && sym_flags != STT_SECTION
- && (h == NULL || splt == NULL
- || h->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) -1))
+ if (branch_type == ST_BRANCH_TO_ARM && plt_offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
{
if (globals->use_blx && r_type == R_ARM_THM_CALL)
{
/* Convert BL to BLX. */
lower_insn = (lower_insn & ~0x1000) | 0x0800;
}
- else if (r_type != R_ARM_THM_CALL)
+ else if (( r_type != R_ARM_THM_CALL)
+ && (r_type != R_ARM_THM_JUMP24))
{
if (elf32_thumb_to_arm_stub
(info, sym_name, input_bfd, output_bfd, input_section,
return bfd_reloc_dangerous;
}
}
- else if (sym_flags == STT_ARM_TFUNC && globals->use_blx
+ else if (branch_type == ST_BRANCH_TO_THUMB
+ && globals->use_blx
&& r_type == R_ARM_THM_CALL)
{
/* Make sure this is a BL. */
}
}
- /* Handle calls via the PLT. */
- if (h != NULL && splt != NULL && h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
- {
- value = (splt->output_section->vma
- + splt->output_offset
- + h->plt.offset);
- if (globals->use_blx && r_type == R_ARM_THM_CALL)
- {
- /* If the Thumb BLX instruction is available, convert the
- BL to a BLX instruction to call the ARM-mode PLT entry. */
- lower_insn = (lower_insn & ~0x1000) | 0x0800;
- }
- else
- /* Target the Thumb stub before the ARM PLT entry. */
- value -= PLT_THUMB_STUB_SIZE;
- *unresolved_reloc_p = FALSE;
- }
-
- if (r_type == R_ARM_THM_CALL)
+ enum elf32_arm_stub_type stub_type = arm_stub_none;
+ if (r_type == R_ARM_THM_CALL || r_type == R_ARM_THM_JUMP24)
{
/* Check if a stub has to be inserted because the destination
is too far. */
- bfd_vma from;
- bfd_signed_vma branch_offset;
- struct elf32_arm_stub_hash_entry *stub_entry = NULL;
-
- from = (input_section->output_section->vma
- + input_section->output_offset
- + rel->r_offset);
- branch_offset = (bfd_signed_vma)(value - from);
-
- if ((!thumb2
- && (branch_offset > THM_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
- || (branch_offset < THM_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET)))
- ||
- (thumb2
- && (branch_offset > THM2_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
- || (branch_offset < THM2_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET)))
- || ((sym_flags != STT_ARM_TFUNC) && !globals->use_blx))
+ struct elf32_arm_stub_hash_entry *stub_entry;
+ struct elf32_arm_link_hash_entry *hash;
+
+ hash = (struct elf32_arm_link_hash_entry *) h;
+
+ stub_type = arm_type_of_stub (info, input_section, rel,
+ st_type, &branch_type,
+ hash, value, sym_sec,
+ input_bfd, sym_name);
+
+ if (stub_type != arm_stub_none)
{
/* The target is out of reach or we are changing modes, so
redirect the branch to the local stub for this
function. */
stub_entry = elf32_arm_get_stub_entry (input_section,
sym_sec, h,
- rel, globals);
+ rel, globals,
+ stub_type);
if (stub_entry != NULL)
value = (stub_entry->stub_offset
+ stub_entry->stub_sec->output_offset
+ stub_entry->stub_sec->output_section->vma);
/* If this call becomes a call to Arm, force BLX. */
- if (globals->use_blx)
+ if (globals->use_blx && (r_type == R_ARM_THM_CALL))
{
if ((stub_entry
&& !arm_stub_is_thumb (stub_entry->stub_type))
- || (sym_flags != STT_ARM_TFUNC))
+ || branch_type != ST_BRANCH_TO_THUMB)
lower_insn = (lower_insn & ~0x1000) | 0x0800;
}
}
}
+ /* Handle calls via the PLT. */
+ if (stub_type == arm_stub_none && plt_offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
+ {
+ value = (splt->output_section->vma
+ + splt->output_offset
+ + plt_offset);
+
+ if (globals->use_blx && r_type == R_ARM_THM_CALL)
+ {
+ /* If the Thumb BLX instruction is available, convert
+ the BL to a BLX instruction to call the ARM-mode
+ PLT entry. */
+ lower_insn = (lower_insn & ~0x1000) | 0x0800;
+ branch_type = ST_BRANCH_TO_ARM;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Target the Thumb stub before the ARM PLT entry. */
+ value -= PLT_THUMB_STUB_SIZE;
+ branch_type = ST_BRANCH_TO_THUMB;
+ }
+ *unresolved_reloc_p = FALSE;
+ }
+
relocation = value + signed_addend;
relocation -= (input_section->output_section->vma
bitsize = howto->bitsize;
if (!thumb2)
bitsize -= 2;
- reloc_signed_max = ((1 << (bitsize - 1)) - 1) >> howto->rightshift;
+ reloc_signed_max = (1 << (bitsize - 1)) - 1;
reloc_signed_min = ~reloc_signed_max;
/* Assumes two's complement. */
}
/* Handle calls via the PLT. */
- if (h != NULL && splt != NULL && h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
+ if (plt_offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
{
value = (splt->output_section->vma
+ splt->output_offset
- + h->plt.offset);
+ + plt_offset);
/* Target the Thumb stub before the ARM PLT entry. */
value -= PLT_THUMB_STUB_SIZE;
*unresolved_reloc_p = FALSE;
/* If we are addressing a Thumb function, we need to adjust the
address by one, so that attempts to call the function pointer will
correctly interpret it as Thumb code. */
- if (sym_flags == STT_ARM_TFUNC)
+ if (branch_type == ST_BRANCH_TO_THUMB)
value += 1;
/* Note that sgot->output_offset is not involved in this
if (sgot == NULL)
return bfd_reloc_notsupported;
- if (h != NULL)
+ if (dynreloc_st_type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
+ && plt_offset != (bfd_vma) -1
+ && (h == NULL || SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h)))
+ {
+ /* We have a relocation against a locally-binding STT_GNU_IFUNC
+ symbol, and the relocation resolves directly to the runtime
+ target rather than to the .iplt entry. This means that any
+ .got entry would be the same value as the .igot.plt entry,
+ so there's no point creating both. */
+ sgot = globals->root.igotplt;
+ value = sgot->output_offset + gotplt_offset;
+ }
+ else if (h != NULL)
{
bfd_vma off;
- bfd_boolean dyn;
off = h->got.offset;
BFD_ASSERT (off != (bfd_vma) -1);
- dyn = globals->root.dynamic_sections_created;
-
- if (! WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, info->shared, h)
- || (info->shared
- && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
- || (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other)
- && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
+ if ((off & 1) != 0)
+ {
+ /* We have already processsed one GOT relocation against
+ this symbol. */
+ off &= ~1;
+ if (globals->root.dynamic_sections_created
+ && !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
+ *unresolved_reloc_p = FALSE;
+ }
+ else
{
- /* This is actually a static link, or it is a -Bsymbolic link
- and the symbol is defined locally. We must initialize this
- entry in the global offset table. Since the offset must
- always be a multiple of 4, we use the least significant bit
- to record whether we have initialized it already.
-
- When doing a dynamic link, we create a .rel(a).got relocation
- entry to initialize the value. This is done in the
- finish_dynamic_symbol routine. */
- if ((off & 1) != 0)
- off &= ~1;
+ Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
+
+ if (!SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
+ {
+ /* If the symbol doesn't resolve locally in a static
+ object, we have an undefined reference. If the
+ symbol doesn't resolve locally in a dynamic object,
+ it should be resolved by the dynamic linker. */
+ if (globals->root.dynamic_sections_created)
+ {
+ outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_ARM_GLOB_DAT);
+ *unresolved_reloc_p = FALSE;
+ }
+ else
+ outrel.r_info = 0;
+ outrel.r_addend = 0;
+ }
else
{
- /* If we are addressing a Thumb function, we need to
- adjust the address by one, so that attempts to
- call the function pointer will correctly
- interpret it as Thumb code. */
- if (sym_flags == STT_ARM_TFUNC)
- value |= 1;
-
- bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, value, sgot->contents + off);
- h->got.offset |= 1;
+ if (dynreloc_st_type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
+ outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_ARM_IRELATIVE);
+ else if (info->shared)
+ outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_ARM_RELATIVE);
+ else
+ outrel.r_info = 0;
+ outrel.r_addend = dynreloc_value;
}
- }
- else
- *unresolved_reloc_p = FALSE;
+ /* The GOT entry is initialized to zero by default.
+ See if we should install a different value. */
+ if (outrel.r_addend != 0
+ && (outrel.r_info == 0 || globals->use_rel))
+ {
+ bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, outrel.r_addend,
+ sgot->contents + off);
+ outrel.r_addend = 0;
+ }
+
+ if (outrel.r_info != 0)
+ {
+ outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
+ + sgot->output_offset
+ + off);
+ elf32_arm_add_dynreloc (output_bfd, info, srelgot, &outrel);
+ }
+ h->got.offset |= 1;
+ }
value = sgot->output_offset + off;
}
else
off &= ~1;
else
{
- /* If we are addressing a Thumb function, we need to
- adjust the address by one, so that attempts to
- call the function pointer will correctly
- interpret it as Thumb code. */
- if (sym_flags == STT_ARM_TFUNC)
- value |= 1;
-
if (globals->use_rel)
- bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, value, sgot->contents + off);
+ bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, dynreloc_value, sgot->contents + off);
- if (info->shared)
+ if (info->shared || dynreloc_st_type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
{
- asection * srelgot;
Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
- bfd_byte *loc;
- srelgot = (bfd_get_section_by_name
- (dynobj, RELOC_SECTION (globals, ".got")));
- BFD_ASSERT (srelgot != NULL);
-
- outrel.r_addend = addend + value;
+ outrel.r_addend = addend + dynreloc_value;
outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
+ sgot->output_offset
+ off);
- outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_ARM_RELATIVE);
- loc = srelgot->contents;
- loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * RELOC_SIZE (globals);
- SWAP_RELOC_OUT (globals) (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
+ if (dynreloc_st_type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
+ outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_ARM_IRELATIVE);
+ else
+ outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_ARM_RELATIVE);
+ elf32_arm_add_dynreloc (output_bfd, info, srelgot, &outrel);
}
local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1;
{
bfd_vma off;
- if (globals->sgot == NULL)
+ if (sgot == NULL)
abort ();
off = globals->tls_ldm_got.offset;
if (info->shared)
{
Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
- bfd_byte *loc;
- if (globals->srelgot == NULL)
+ if (srelgot == NULL)
abort ();
outrel.r_addend = 0;
- outrel.r_offset = (globals->sgot->output_section->vma
- + globals->sgot->output_offset + off);
+ outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
+ + sgot->output_offset + off);
outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_ARM_TLS_DTPMOD32);
if (globals->use_rel)
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, outrel.r_addend,
- globals->sgot->contents + off);
+ sgot->contents + off);
- loc = globals->srelgot->contents;
- loc += globals->srelgot->reloc_count++ * RELOC_SIZE (globals);
- SWAP_RELOC_OUT (globals) (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
+ elf32_arm_add_dynreloc (output_bfd, info, srelgot, &outrel);
}
else
- bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 1, globals->sgot->contents + off);
+ bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 1, sgot->contents + off);
globals->tls_ldm_got.offset |= 1;
}
- value = globals->sgot->output_section->vma + globals->sgot->output_offset + off
+ value = sgot->output_section->vma + sgot->output_offset + off
- (input_section->output_section->vma + input_section->output_offset + rel->r_offset);
return _bfd_final_link_relocate (howto, input_bfd, input_section,
rel->r_addend);
}
+ case R_ARM_TLS_CALL:
+ case R_ARM_THM_TLS_CALL:
case R_ARM_TLS_GD32:
case R_ARM_TLS_IE32:
+ case R_ARM_TLS_GOTDESC:
+ case R_ARM_TLS_DESCSEQ:
+ case R_ARM_THM_TLS_DESCSEQ:
{
- bfd_vma off;
- int indx;
+ bfd_vma off, offplt;
+ int indx = 0;
char tls_type;
- if (globals->sgot == NULL)
- abort ();
+ BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL);
- indx = 0;
if (h != NULL)
{
bfd_boolean dyn;
indx = h->dynindx;
}
off = h->got.offset;
+ offplt = elf32_arm_hash_entry (h)->tlsdesc_got;
tls_type = ((struct elf32_arm_link_hash_entry *) h)->tls_type;
}
else
{
- if (local_got_offsets == NULL)
- abort ();
+ BFD_ASSERT (local_got_offsets != NULL);
off = local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
+ offplt = local_tlsdesc_gotents[r_symndx];
tls_type = elf32_arm_local_got_tls_type (input_bfd)[r_symndx];
}
- if (tls_type == GOT_UNKNOWN)
- abort ();
+ /* Linker relaxations happens from one of the
+ R_ARM_{GOTDESC,CALL,DESCSEQ} relocations to IE or LE. */
+ if (ELF32_R_TYPE(rel->r_info) != r_type)
+ tls_type = GOT_TLS_IE;
+
+ BFD_ASSERT (tls_type != GOT_UNKNOWN);
if ((off & 1) != 0)
off &= ~1;
{
bfd_boolean need_relocs = FALSE;
Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
- bfd_byte *loc = NULL;
int cur_off = off;
/* The GOT entries have not been initialized yet. Do it
|| h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
{
need_relocs = TRUE;
- if (globals->srelgot == NULL)
- abort ();
- loc = globals->srelgot->contents;
- loc += globals->srelgot->reloc_count * RELOC_SIZE (globals);
+ BFD_ASSERT (srelgot != NULL);
}
+ if (tls_type & GOT_TLS_GDESC)
+ {
+ bfd_byte *loc;
+
+ /* We should have relaxed, unless this is an undefined
+ weak symbol. */
+ BFD_ASSERT ((h && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
+ || info->shared);
+ BFD_ASSERT (globals->sgotplt_jump_table_size + offplt + 8
+ <= globals->root.sgotplt->size);
+
+ outrel.r_addend = 0;
+ outrel.r_offset = (globals->root.sgotplt->output_section->vma
+ + globals->root.sgotplt->output_offset
+ + offplt
+ + globals->sgotplt_jump_table_size);
+
+ outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_ARM_TLS_DESC);
+ sreloc = globals->root.srelplt;
+ loc = sreloc->contents;
+ loc += globals->next_tls_desc_index++ * RELOC_SIZE (globals);
+ BFD_ASSERT (loc + RELOC_SIZE (globals)
+ <= sreloc->contents + sreloc->size);
+
+ SWAP_RELOC_OUT (globals) (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
+
+ /* For globals, the first word in the relocation gets
+ the relocation index and the top bit set, or zero,
+ if we're binding now. For locals, it gets the
+ symbol's offset in the tls section. */
+ bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
+ !h ? value - elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma
+ : info->flags & DF_BIND_NOW ? 0
+ : 0x80000000 | ELF32_R_SYM (outrel.r_info),
+ globals->root.sgotplt->contents + offplt +
+ globals->sgotplt_jump_table_size);
+
+ /* Second word in the relocation is always zero. */
+ bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 0,
+ globals->root.sgotplt->contents + offplt +
+ globals->sgotplt_jump_table_size + 4);
+ }
if (tls_type & GOT_TLS_GD)
{
if (need_relocs)
{
outrel.r_addend = 0;
- outrel.r_offset = (globals->sgot->output_section->vma
- + globals->sgot->output_offset
+ outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
+ + sgot->output_offset
+ cur_off);
outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_ARM_TLS_DTPMOD32);
if (globals->use_rel)
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, outrel.r_addend,
- globals->sgot->contents + cur_off);
+ sgot->contents + cur_off);
- SWAP_RELOC_OUT (globals) (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
- globals->srelgot->reloc_count++;
- loc += RELOC_SIZE (globals);
+ elf32_arm_add_dynreloc (output_bfd, info, srelgot, &outrel);
if (indx == 0)
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, value - dtpoff_base (info),
- globals->sgot->contents + cur_off + 4);
+ sgot->contents + cur_off + 4);
else
{
outrel.r_addend = 0;
if (globals->use_rel)
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, outrel.r_addend,
- globals->sgot->contents + cur_off + 4);
-
+ sgot->contents + cur_off + 4);
- SWAP_RELOC_OUT (globals) (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
- globals->srelgot->reloc_count++;
- loc += RELOC_SIZE (globals);
+ elf32_arm_add_dynreloc (output_bfd, info,
+ srelgot, &outrel);
}
}
else
symbol binding locally. Mark it as belonging
to module 1, the executable. */
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 1,
- globals->sgot->contents + cur_off);
+ sgot->contents + cur_off);
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, value - dtpoff_base (info),
- globals->sgot->contents + cur_off + 4);
+ sgot->contents + cur_off + 4);
}
cur_off += 8;
outrel.r_addend = value - dtpoff_base (info);
else
outrel.r_addend = 0;
- outrel.r_offset = (globals->sgot->output_section->vma
- + globals->sgot->output_offset
+ outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
+ + sgot->output_offset
+ cur_off);
outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_ARM_TLS_TPOFF32);
if (globals->use_rel)
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, outrel.r_addend,
- globals->sgot->contents + cur_off);
+ sgot->contents + cur_off);
- SWAP_RELOC_OUT (globals) (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
- globals->srelgot->reloc_count++;
- loc += RELOC_SIZE (globals);
+ elf32_arm_add_dynreloc (output_bfd, info, srelgot, &outrel);
}
else
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, tpoff (info, value),
- globals->sgot->contents + cur_off);
+ sgot->contents + cur_off);
cur_off += 4;
}
if ((tls_type & GOT_TLS_GD) && r_type != R_ARM_TLS_GD32)
off += 8;
- value = globals->sgot->output_section->vma + globals->sgot->output_offset + off
- - (input_section->output_section->vma + input_section->output_offset + rel->r_offset);
+ else if (tls_type & GOT_TLS_GDESC)
+ off = offplt;
+
+ if (ELF32_R_TYPE(rel->r_info) == R_ARM_TLS_CALL
+ || ELF32_R_TYPE(rel->r_info) == R_ARM_THM_TLS_CALL)
+ {
+ bfd_signed_vma offset;
+ /* TLS stubs are arm mode. The original symbol is a
+ data object, so branch_type is bogus. */
+ branch_type = ST_BRANCH_TO_ARM;
+ enum elf32_arm_stub_type stub_type
+ = arm_type_of_stub (info, input_section, rel,
+ st_type, &branch_type,
+ (struct elf32_arm_link_hash_entry *)h,
+ globals->tls_trampoline, globals->root.splt,
+ input_bfd, sym_name);
+
+ if (stub_type != arm_stub_none)
+ {
+ struct elf32_arm_stub_hash_entry *stub_entry
+ = elf32_arm_get_stub_entry
+ (input_section, globals->root.splt, 0, rel,
+ globals, stub_type);
+ offset = (stub_entry->stub_offset
+ + stub_entry->stub_sec->output_offset
+ + stub_entry->stub_sec->output_section->vma);
+ }
+ else
+ offset = (globals->root.splt->output_section->vma
+ + globals->root.splt->output_offset
+ + globals->tls_trampoline);
+
+ if (ELF32_R_TYPE(rel->r_info) == R_ARM_TLS_CALL)
+ {
+ unsigned long inst;
+
+ offset -= (input_section->output_section->vma +
+ input_section->output_offset + rel->r_offset + 8);
+
+ inst = offset >> 2;
+ inst &= 0x00ffffff;
+ value = inst | (globals->use_blx ? 0xfa000000 : 0xeb000000);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Thumb blx encodes the offset in a complicated
+ fashion. */
+ unsigned upper_insn, lower_insn;
+ unsigned neg;
+
+ offset -= (input_section->output_section->vma +
+ input_section->output_offset
+ + rel->r_offset + 4);
+
+ if (stub_type != arm_stub_none
+ && arm_stub_is_thumb (stub_type))
+ {
+ lower_insn = 0xd000;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ lower_insn = 0xc000;
+ /* Round up the offset to a word boundary */
+ offset = (offset + 2) & ~2;
+ }
+
+ neg = offset < 0;
+ upper_insn = (0xf000
+ | ((offset >> 12) & 0x3ff)
+ | (neg << 10));
+ lower_insn |= (((!((offset >> 23) & 1)) ^ neg) << 13)
+ | (((!((offset >> 22) & 1)) ^ neg) << 11)
+ | ((offset >> 1) & 0x7ff);
+ bfd_put_16 (input_bfd, upper_insn, hit_data);
+ bfd_put_16 (input_bfd, lower_insn, hit_data + 2);
+ return bfd_reloc_ok;
+ }
+ }
+ /* These relocations needs special care, as besides the fact
+ they point somewhere in .gotplt, the addend must be
+ adjusted accordingly depending on the type of instruction
+ we refer to */
+ else if ((r_type == R_ARM_TLS_GOTDESC) && (tls_type & GOT_TLS_GDESC))
+ {
+ unsigned long data, insn;
+ unsigned thumb;
+
+ data = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, hit_data);
+ thumb = data & 1;
+ data &= ~1u;
+
+ if (thumb)
+ {
+ insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset - data);
+ if ((insn & 0xf000) == 0xf000 || (insn & 0xf800) == 0xe800)
+ insn = (insn << 16)
+ | bfd_get_16 (input_bfd,
+ contents + rel->r_offset - data + 2);
+ if ((insn & 0xf800c000) == 0xf000c000)
+ /* bl/blx */
+ value = -6;
+ else if ((insn & 0xffffff00) == 0x4400)
+ /* add */
+ value = -5;
+ else
+ {
+ (*_bfd_error_handler)
+ (_("%B(%A+0x%lx):unexpected Thumb instruction '0x%x' referenced by TLS_GOTDESC"),
+ input_bfd, input_section,
+ (unsigned long)rel->r_offset, insn);
+ return bfd_reloc_notsupported;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset - data);
+
+ switch (insn >> 24)
+ {
+ case 0xeb: /* bl */
+ case 0xfa: /* blx */
+ value = -4;
+ break;
+
+ case 0xe0: /* add */
+ value = -8;
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ (*_bfd_error_handler)
+ (_("%B(%A+0x%lx):unexpected ARM instruction '0x%x' referenced by TLS_GOTDESC"),
+ input_bfd, input_section,
+ (unsigned long)rel->r_offset, insn);
+ return bfd_reloc_notsupported;
+ }
+ }
+
+ value += ((globals->root.sgotplt->output_section->vma
+ + globals->root.sgotplt->output_offset + off)
+ - (input_section->output_section->vma
+ + input_section->output_offset
+ + rel->r_offset)
+ + globals->sgotplt_jump_table_size);
+ }
+ else
+ value = ((globals->root.sgot->output_section->vma
+ + globals->root.sgot->output_offset + off)
+ - (input_section->output_section->vma
+ + input_section->output_offset + rel->r_offset));
return _bfd_final_link_relocate (howto, input_bfd, input_section,
contents, rel->r_offset, value,
}
case R_ARM_TLS_LE32:
- if (info->shared)
+ if (info->shared && !info->pie)
{
(*_bfd_error_handler)
(_("%B(%A+0x%lx): R_ARM_TLS_LE32 relocation not permitted in shared object"),
input_bfd, input_section,
(long) rel->r_offset, howto->name);
- return FALSE;
+ return (bfd_reloc_status_type) FALSE;
}
else
value = tpoff (info, value);
if (r_type == R_ARM_MOVW_BREL && value >= 0x10000)
return bfd_reloc_overflow;
- if (sym_flags == STT_ARM_TFUNC)
+ if (branch_type == ST_BRANCH_TO_THUMB)
value |= 1;
if (r_type == R_ARM_MOVT_ABS || r_type == R_ARM_MOVT_PREL
if (r_type == R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL && value >= 0x10000)
return bfd_reloc_overflow;
- if (sym_flags == STT_ARM_TFUNC)
+ if (branch_type == ST_BRANCH_TO_THUMB)
value |= 1;
if (r_type == R_ARM_THM_MOVT_ABS || r_type == R_ARM_THM_MOVT_PREL
/* If the target symbol is a Thumb function, then set the
Thumb bit in the address. */
- if (sym_flags == STT_ARM_TFUNC)
+ if (branch_type == ST_BRANCH_TO_THUMB)
signed_value |= 1;
/* Calculate the value of the relevant G_n, in encoded
|| (R_TYPE) == R_ARM_TLS_DTPMOD32 \
|| (R_TYPE) == R_ARM_TLS_TPOFF32 \
|| (R_TYPE) == R_ARM_TLS_LE32 \
- || (R_TYPE) == R_ARM_TLS_IE32)
+ || (R_TYPE) == R_ARM_TLS_IE32 \
+ || IS_ARM_TLS_GNU_RELOC (R_TYPE))
+
+/* Specific set of relocations for the gnu tls dialect. */
+#define IS_ARM_TLS_GNU_RELOC(R_TYPE) \
+ ((R_TYPE) == R_ARM_TLS_GOTDESC \
+ || (R_TYPE) == R_ARM_TLS_CALL \
+ || (R_TYPE) == R_ARM_THM_TLS_CALL \
+ || (R_TYPE) == R_ARM_TLS_DESCSEQ \
+ || (R_TYPE) == R_ARM_THM_TLS_DESCSEQ)
/* Relocate an ARM ELF section. */
struct elf32_arm_link_hash_table * globals;
globals = elf32_arm_hash_table (info);
+ if (globals == NULL)
+ return FALSE;
symtab_hdr = & elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd);
sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd);
sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
sym_type = ELF32_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info);
sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
+
+ /* An object file might have a reference to a local
+ undefined symbol. This is a daft object file, but we
+ should at least do something about it. V4BX & NONE
+ relocations do not use the symbol and are explicitly
+ allowed to use the undefined symbol, so allow those.
+ Likewise for relocations against STN_UNDEF. */
+ if (r_type != R_ARM_V4BX
+ && r_type != R_ARM_NONE
+ && r_symndx != STN_UNDEF
+ && bfd_is_und_section (sec)
+ && ELF_ST_BIND (sym->st_info) != STB_WEAK)
+ {
+ if (!info->callbacks->undefined_symbol
+ (info, bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
+ (input_bfd, symtab_hdr->sh_link, sym->st_name),
+ input_bfd, input_section,
+ rel->r_offset, TRUE))
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
if (globals->use_rel)
{
relocation = (sec->output_section->vma
- relocation;
addend += msec->output_section->vma + msec->output_offset;
- /* Cases here must match those in the preceeding
+ /* Cases here must match those in the preceding
switch statement. */
switch (r_type)
{
}
if (sec != NULL && elf_discarded_section (sec))
- {
- /* For relocs against symbols from removed linkonce sections,
- or sections discarded by a linker script, we just want the
- section contents zeroed. Avoid any special processing. */
- _bfd_clear_contents (howto, input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
- rel->r_info = 0;
- rel->r_addend = 0;
- continue;
- }
+ RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION (info, input_bfd, input_section,
+ rel, relend, howto, contents);
if (info->relocatable)
{
name = bfd_section_name (input_bfd, sec);
}
- if (r_symndx != 0
+ if (r_symndx != STN_UNDEF
&& r_type != R_ARM_NONE
&& (h == NULL
|| h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
name);
}
- r = elf32_arm_final_link_relocate (howto, input_bfd, output_bfd,
- input_section, contents, rel,
- relocation, info, sec, name,
- (h ? ELF_ST_TYPE (h->type) :
- ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info)), h,
- &unresolved_reloc, &error_message);
+ /* We call elf32_arm_final_link_relocate unless we're completely
+ done, i.e., the relaxation produced the final output we want,
+ and we won't let anybody mess with it. Also, we have to do
+ addend adjustments in case of a R_ARM_TLS_GOTDESC relocation
+ both in relaxed and non-relaxed cases */
+ if ((elf32_arm_tls_transition (info, r_type, h) != (unsigned)r_type)
+ || (IS_ARM_TLS_GNU_RELOC (r_type)
+ && !((h ? elf32_arm_hash_entry (h)->tls_type :
+ elf32_arm_local_got_tls_type (input_bfd)[r_symndx])
+ & GOT_TLS_GDESC)))
+ {
+ r = elf32_arm_tls_relax (globals, input_bfd, input_section,
+ contents, rel, h == NULL);
+ /* This may have been marked unresolved because it came from
+ a shared library. But we've just dealt with that. */
+ unresolved_reloc = 0;
+ }
+ else
+ r = bfd_reloc_continue;
+
+ if (r == bfd_reloc_continue)
+ r = elf32_arm_final_link_relocate (howto, input_bfd, output_bfd,
+ input_section, contents, rel,
+ relocation, info, sec, name, sym_type,
+ (h ? h->target_internal
+ : ARM_SYM_BRANCH_TYPE (sym)), h,
+ &unresolved_reloc, &error_message);
/* Dynamic relocs are not propagated for SEC_DEBUGGING sections
because such sections are not SEC_ALLOC and thus ld.so will
return TRUE;
}
+/* Add a new unwind edit to the list described by HEAD, TAIL. If TINDEX is zero,
+ adds the edit to the start of the list. (The list must be built in order of
+ ascending TINDEX: the function's callers are primarily responsible for
+ maintaining that condition). */
+
+static void
+add_unwind_table_edit (arm_unwind_table_edit **head,
+ arm_unwind_table_edit **tail,
+ arm_unwind_edit_type type,
+ asection *linked_section,
+ unsigned int tindex)
+{
+ arm_unwind_table_edit *new_edit = (arm_unwind_table_edit *)
+ xmalloc (sizeof (arm_unwind_table_edit));
+
+ new_edit->type = type;
+ new_edit->linked_section = linked_section;
+ new_edit->index = tindex;
+
+ if (tindex > 0)
+ {
+ new_edit->next = NULL;
+
+ if (*tail)
+ (*tail)->next = new_edit;
+
+ (*tail) = new_edit;
+
+ if (!*head)
+ (*head) = new_edit;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ new_edit->next = *head;
+
+ if (!*tail)
+ *tail = new_edit;
+
+ *head = new_edit;
+ }
+}
+
+static _arm_elf_section_data *get_arm_elf_section_data (asection *);
+
+/* Increase the size of EXIDX_SEC by ADJUST bytes. ADJUST mau be negative. */
+static void
+adjust_exidx_size(asection *exidx_sec, int adjust)
+{
+ asection *out_sec;
+
+ if (!exidx_sec->rawsize)
+ exidx_sec->rawsize = exidx_sec->size;
+
+ bfd_set_section_size (exidx_sec->owner, exidx_sec, exidx_sec->size + adjust);
+ out_sec = exidx_sec->output_section;
+ /* Adjust size of output section. */
+ bfd_set_section_size (out_sec->owner, out_sec, out_sec->size +adjust);
+}
+
+/* Insert an EXIDX_CANTUNWIND marker at the end of a section. */
+static void
+insert_cantunwind_after(asection *text_sec, asection *exidx_sec)
+{
+ struct _arm_elf_section_data *exidx_arm_data;
+
+ exidx_arm_data = get_arm_elf_section_data (exidx_sec);
+ add_unwind_table_edit (
+ &exidx_arm_data->u.exidx.unwind_edit_list,
+ &exidx_arm_data->u.exidx.unwind_edit_tail,
+ INSERT_EXIDX_CANTUNWIND_AT_END, text_sec, UINT_MAX);
+
+ adjust_exidx_size(exidx_sec, 8);
+}
+
+/* Scan .ARM.exidx tables, and create a list describing edits which should be
+ made to those tables, such that:
+
+ 1. Regions without unwind data are marked with EXIDX_CANTUNWIND entries.
+ 2. Duplicate entries are merged together (EXIDX_CANTUNWIND, or unwind
+ codes which have been inlined into the index).
+
+ If MERGE_EXIDX_ENTRIES is false, duplicate entries are not merged.
+
+ The edits are applied when the tables are written
+ (in elf32_arm_write_section).
+*/
+
+bfd_boolean
+elf32_arm_fix_exidx_coverage (asection **text_section_order,
+ unsigned int num_text_sections,
+ struct bfd_link_info *info,
+ bfd_boolean merge_exidx_entries)
+{
+ bfd *inp;
+ unsigned int last_second_word = 0, i;
+ asection *last_exidx_sec = NULL;
+ asection *last_text_sec = NULL;
+ int last_unwind_type = -1;
+
+ /* Walk over all EXIDX sections, and create backlinks from the corrsponding
+ text sections. */
+ for (inp = info->input_bfds; inp != NULL; inp = inp->link_next)
+ {
+ asection *sec;
+
+ for (sec = inp->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
+ {
+ struct bfd_elf_section_data *elf_sec = elf_section_data (sec);
+ Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_sec->this_hdr;
+
+ if (!hdr || hdr->sh_type != SHT_ARM_EXIDX)
+ continue;
+
+ if (elf_sec->linked_to)
+ {
+ Elf_Internal_Shdr *linked_hdr
+ = &elf_section_data (elf_sec->linked_to)->this_hdr;
+ struct _arm_elf_section_data *linked_sec_arm_data
+ = get_arm_elf_section_data (linked_hdr->bfd_section);
+
+ if (linked_sec_arm_data == NULL)
+ continue;
+
+ /* Link this .ARM.exidx section back from the text section it
+ describes. */
+ linked_sec_arm_data->u.text.arm_exidx_sec = sec;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Walk all text sections in order of increasing VMA. Eilminate duplicate
+ index table entries (EXIDX_CANTUNWIND and inlined unwind opcodes),
+ and add EXIDX_CANTUNWIND entries for sections with no unwind table data. */
+
+ for (i = 0; i < num_text_sections; i++)
+ {
+ asection *sec = text_section_order[i];
+ asection *exidx_sec;
+ struct _arm_elf_section_data *arm_data = get_arm_elf_section_data (sec);
+ struct _arm_elf_section_data *exidx_arm_data;
+ bfd_byte *contents = NULL;
+ int deleted_exidx_bytes = 0;
+ bfd_vma j;
+ arm_unwind_table_edit *unwind_edit_head = NULL;
+ arm_unwind_table_edit *unwind_edit_tail = NULL;
+ Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
+ bfd *ibfd;
+
+ if (arm_data == NULL)
+ continue;
+
+ exidx_sec = arm_data->u.text.arm_exidx_sec;
+ if (exidx_sec == NULL)
+ {
+ /* Section has no unwind data. */
+ if (last_unwind_type == 0 || !last_exidx_sec)
+ continue;
+
+ /* Ignore zero sized sections. */
+ if (sec->size == 0)
+ continue;
+
+ insert_cantunwind_after(last_text_sec, last_exidx_sec);
+ last_unwind_type = 0;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* Skip /DISCARD/ sections. */
+ if (bfd_is_abs_section (exidx_sec->output_section))
+ continue;
+
+ hdr = &elf_section_data (exidx_sec)->this_hdr;
+ if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_ARM_EXIDX)
+ continue;
+
+ exidx_arm_data = get_arm_elf_section_data (exidx_sec);
+ if (exidx_arm_data == NULL)
+ continue;
+
+ ibfd = exidx_sec->owner;
+
+ if (hdr->contents != NULL)
+ contents = hdr->contents;
+ else if (! bfd_malloc_and_get_section (ibfd, exidx_sec, &contents))
+ /* An error? */
+ continue;
+
+ for (j = 0; j < hdr->sh_size; j += 8)
+ {
+ unsigned int second_word = bfd_get_32 (ibfd, contents + j + 4);
+ int unwind_type;
+ int elide = 0;
+
+ /* An EXIDX_CANTUNWIND entry. */
+ if (second_word == 1)
+ {
+ if (last_unwind_type == 0)
+ elide = 1;
+ unwind_type = 0;
+ }
+ /* Inlined unwinding data. Merge if equal to previous. */
+ else if ((second_word & 0x80000000) != 0)
+ {
+ if (merge_exidx_entries
+ && last_second_word == second_word && last_unwind_type == 1)
+ elide = 1;
+ unwind_type = 1;
+ last_second_word = second_word;
+ }
+ /* Normal table entry. In theory we could merge these too,
+ but duplicate entries are likely to be much less common. */
+ else
+ unwind_type = 2;
+
+ if (elide)
+ {
+ add_unwind_table_edit (&unwind_edit_head, &unwind_edit_tail,
+ DELETE_EXIDX_ENTRY, NULL, j / 8);
+
+ deleted_exidx_bytes += 8;
+ }
+
+ last_unwind_type = unwind_type;
+ }
+
+ /* Free contents if we allocated it ourselves. */
+ if (contents != hdr->contents)
+ free (contents);
+
+ /* Record edits to be applied later (in elf32_arm_write_section). */
+ exidx_arm_data->u.exidx.unwind_edit_list = unwind_edit_head;
+ exidx_arm_data->u.exidx.unwind_edit_tail = unwind_edit_tail;
+
+ if (deleted_exidx_bytes > 0)
+ adjust_exidx_size(exidx_sec, -deleted_exidx_bytes);
+
+ last_exidx_sec = exidx_sec;
+ last_text_sec = sec;
+ }
+
+ /* Add terminating CANTUNWIND entry. */
+ if (last_exidx_sec && last_unwind_type != 0)
+ insert_cantunwind_after(last_text_sec, last_exidx_sec);
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+static bfd_boolean
+elf32_arm_output_glue_section (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd *obfd,
+ bfd *ibfd, const char *name)
+{
+ asection *sec, *osec;
+
+ sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd, name);
+ if (sec == NULL || (sec->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0)
+ return TRUE;
+
+ osec = sec->output_section;
+ if (elf32_arm_write_section (obfd, info, sec, sec->contents))
+ return TRUE;
+
+ if (! bfd_set_section_contents (obfd, osec, sec->contents,
+ sec->output_offset, sec->size))
+ return FALSE;
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+static bfd_boolean
+elf32_arm_final_link (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
+{
+ struct elf32_arm_link_hash_table *globals = elf32_arm_hash_table (info);
+ asection *sec, *osec;
+
+ if (globals == NULL)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ /* Invoke the regular ELF backend linker to do all the work. */
+ if (!bfd_elf_final_link (abfd, info))
+ return FALSE;
+
+ /* Process stub sections (eg BE8 encoding, ...). */
+ struct elf32_arm_link_hash_table *htab = elf32_arm_hash_table (info);
+ int i;
+ for (i=0; i<htab->top_id; i++)
+ {
+ sec = htab->stub_group[i].stub_sec;
+ /* Only process it once, in its link_sec slot. */
+ if (sec && i == htab->stub_group[i].link_sec->id)
+ {
+ osec = sec->output_section;
+ elf32_arm_write_section (abfd, info, sec, sec->contents);
+ if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, osec, sec->contents,
+ sec->output_offset, sec->size))
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Write out any glue sections now that we have created all the
+ stubs. */
+ if (globals->bfd_of_glue_owner != NULL)
+ {
+ if (! elf32_arm_output_glue_section (info, abfd,
+ globals->bfd_of_glue_owner,
+ ARM2THUMB_GLUE_SECTION_NAME))
+ return FALSE;
+
+ if (! elf32_arm_output_glue_section (info, abfd,
+ globals->bfd_of_glue_owner,
+ THUMB2ARM_GLUE_SECTION_NAME))
+ return FALSE;
+
+ if (! elf32_arm_output_glue_section (info, abfd,
+ globals->bfd_of_glue_owner,
+ VFP11_ERRATUM_VENEER_SECTION_NAME))
+ return FALSE;
+
+ if (! elf32_arm_output_glue_section (info, abfd,
+ globals->bfd_of_glue_owner,
+ ARM_BX_GLUE_SECTION_NAME))
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
/* Set the right machine number. */
static bfd_boolean
static int
elf32_arm_obj_attrs_order (int num)
{
- if (num == 4)
+ if (num == LEAST_KNOWN_OBJ_ATTRIBUTE)
return Tag_conformance;
- if (num == 5)
+ if (num == LEAST_KNOWN_OBJ_ATTRIBUTE + 1)
return Tag_nodefaults;
if ((num - 2) < Tag_nodefaults)
return num - 2;
return num;
}
+/* Attribute numbers >=64 (mod 128) can be safely ignored. */
+static bfd_boolean
+elf32_arm_obj_attrs_handle_unknown (bfd *abfd, int tag)
+{
+ if ((tag & 127) < 64)
+ {
+ _bfd_error_handler
+ (_("%B: Unknown mandatory EABI object attribute %d"),
+ abfd, tag);
+ bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ _bfd_error_handler
+ (_("Warning: %B: Unknown EABI object attribute %d"),
+ abfd, tag);
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+}
+
/* Read the architecture from the Tag_also_compatible_with attribute, if any.
Returns -1 if no architecture could be read. */
/* Note: the tag and its argument below are uleb128 values, though
currently-defined values fit in one byte for each. */
if (!attr->s)
- attr->s = bfd_alloc (abfd, 3);
+ attr->s = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, 3);
attr->s[0] = Tag_CPU_arch;
attr->s[1] = arch;
attr->s[2] = '\0';
T(V6S_M), /* V6_M. */
T(V6S_M) /* V6S_M. */
};
+ const int v7e_m[] =
+ {
+ -1, /* PRE_V4. */
+ -1, /* V4. */
+ T(V7E_M), /* V4T. */
+ T(V7E_M), /* V5T. */
+ T(V7E_M), /* V5TE. */
+ T(V7E_M), /* V5TEJ. */
+ T(V7E_M), /* V6. */
+ T(V7E_M), /* V6KZ. */
+ T(V7E_M), /* V6T2. */
+ T(V7E_M), /* V6K. */
+ T(V7E_M), /* V7. */
+ T(V7E_M), /* V6_M. */
+ T(V7E_M), /* V6S_M. */
+ T(V7E_M) /* V7E_M. */
+ };
const int v4t_plus_v6_m[] =
{
-1, /* PRE_V4. */
T(V7), /* V7. */
T(V6_M), /* V6_M. */
T(V6S_M), /* V6S_M. */
+ T(V7E_M), /* V7E_M. */
T(V4T_PLUS_V6_M) /* V4T plus V6_M. */
};
const int *comb[] =
v7,
v6_m,
v6s_m,
+ v7e_m,
/* Pseudo-architecture. */
v4t_plus_v6_m
};
/* Check we've not got a higher architecture than we know about. */
- if (oldtag >= MAX_TAG_CPU_ARCH || newtag >= MAX_TAG_CPU_ARCH)
+ if (oldtag > MAX_TAG_CPU_ARCH || newtag > MAX_TAG_CPU_ARCH)
{
_bfd_error_handler (_("error: %B: Unknown CPU architecture"), ibfd);
return -1;
{
obj_attribute *in_attr;
obj_attribute *out_attr;
- obj_attribute_list *in_list;
- obj_attribute_list *out_list;
- obj_attribute_list **out_listp;
/* Some tags have 0 = don't care, 1 = strong requirement,
2 = weak requirement. */
static const int order_021[3] = {0, 2, 1};
- /* For use with Tag_VFP_arch. */
- static const int order_01243[5] = {0, 1, 2, 4, 3};
int i;
bfd_boolean result = TRUE;
+ /* Skip the linker stubs file. This preserves previous behavior
+ of accepting unknown attributes in the first input file - but
+ is that a bug? */
+ if (ibfd->flags & BFD_LINKER_CREATED)
+ return TRUE;
+
if (!elf_known_obj_attributes_proc (obfd)[0].i)
{
/* This is the first object. Copy the attributes. */
_bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd, obfd);
+ out_attr = elf_known_obj_attributes_proc (obfd);
+
/* Use the Tag_null value to indicate the attributes have been
initialized. */
- elf_known_obj_attributes_proc (obfd)[0].i = 1;
+ out_attr[0].i = 1;
- return TRUE;
+ /* We do not output objects with Tag_MPextension_use_legacy - we move
+ the attribute's value to Tag_MPextension_use. */
+ if (out_attr[Tag_MPextension_use_legacy].i != 0)
+ {
+ if (out_attr[Tag_MPextension_use].i != 0
+ && out_attr[Tag_MPextension_use_legacy].i
+ != out_attr[Tag_MPextension_use].i)
+ {
+ _bfd_error_handler
+ (_("Error: %B has both the current and legacy "
+ "Tag_MPextension_use attributes"), ibfd);
+ result = FALSE;
+ }
+
+ out_attr[Tag_MPextension_use] =
+ out_attr[Tag_MPextension_use_legacy];
+ out_attr[Tag_MPextension_use_legacy].type = 0;
+ out_attr[Tag_MPextension_use_legacy].i = 0;
+ }
+
+ return result;
}
in_attr = elf_known_obj_attributes_proc (ibfd);
{
_bfd_error_handler
(_("error: %B uses VFP register arguments, %B does not"),
- ibfd, obfd);
+ in_attr[Tag_ABI_VFP_args].i ? ibfd : obfd,
+ in_attr[Tag_ABI_VFP_args].i ? obfd : ibfd);
result = FALSE;
}
}
- for (i = 4; i < NUM_KNOWN_OBJ_ATTRIBUTES; i++)
+ for (i = LEAST_KNOWN_OBJ_ATTRIBUTE; i < NUM_KNOWN_OBJ_ATTRIBUTES; i++)
{
/* Merge this attribute with existing attributes. */
switch (i)
case Tag_ABI_FP_exceptions:
case Tag_ABI_FP_user_exceptions:
case Tag_ABI_FP_number_model:
- case Tag_VFP_HP_extension:
+ case Tag_FP_HP_extension:
case Tag_CPU_unaligned_access:
case Tag_T2EE_use:
- case Tag_Virtualization_use:
case Tag_MPextension_use:
/* Use the largest value specified. */
if (in_attr[i].i > out_attr[i].i)
out_attr[i].i = in_attr[i].i;
break;
- case Tag_ABI_align8_preserved:
+ case Tag_ABI_align_preserved:
case Tag_ABI_PCS_RO_data:
/* Use the smallest value specified. */
if (in_attr[i].i < out_attr[i].i)
out_attr[i].i = in_attr[i].i;
break;
- case Tag_ABI_align8_needed:
+ case Tag_ABI_align_needed:
if ((in_attr[i].i > 0 || out_attr[i].i > 0)
- && (in_attr[Tag_ABI_align8_preserved].i == 0
- || out_attr[Tag_ABI_align8_preserved].i == 0))
+ && (in_attr[Tag_ABI_align_preserved].i == 0
+ || out_attr[Tag_ABI_align_preserved].i == 0))
{
/* This error message should be enabled once all non-conformant
binaries in the toolchain have had the attributes set
out_attr[i].i = in_attr[i].i;
break;
+ case Tag_Virtualization_use:
+ /* The virtualization tag effectively stores two bits of
+ information: the intended use of TrustZone (in bit 0), and the
+ intended use of Virtualization (in bit 1). */
+ if (out_attr[i].i == 0)
+ out_attr[i].i = in_attr[i].i;
+ else if (in_attr[i].i != 0
+ && in_attr[i].i != out_attr[i].i)
+ {
+ if (in_attr[i].i <= 3 && out_attr[i].i <= 3)
+ out_attr[i].i = 3;
+ else
+ {
+ _bfd_error_handler
+ (_("error: %B: unable to merge virtualization attributes "
+ "with %B"),
+ obfd, ibfd);
+ result = FALSE;
+ }
+ }
+ break;
case Tag_CPU_arch_profile:
if (out_attr[i].i != in_attr[i].i)
}
}
break;
- case Tag_VFP_arch:
- /* Use the "greatest" from the sequence 0, 1, 2, 4, 3, or the
- largest value if greater than 4 (for future-proofing). */
- if ((in_attr[i].i > 4 && in_attr[i].i > out_attr[i].i)
- || (in_attr[i].i <= 4 && out_attr[i].i <= 4
- && order_01243[in_attr[i].i] > order_01243[out_attr[i].i]))
- out_attr[i].i = in_attr[i].i;
+ case Tag_FP_arch:
+ {
+ /* Tag_ABI_HardFP_use is handled along with Tag_FP_arch since
+ the meaning of Tag_ABI_HardFP_use depends on Tag_FP_arch
+ when it's 0. It might mean absence of FP hardware if
+ Tag_FP_arch is zero, otherwise it is effectively SP + DP. */
+
+ static const struct
+ {
+ int ver;
+ int regs;
+ } vfp_versions[7] =
+ {
+ {0, 0},
+ {1, 16},
+ {2, 16},
+ {3, 32},
+ {3, 16},
+ {4, 32},
+ {4, 16}
+ };
+ int ver;
+ int regs;
+ int newval;
+
+ /* If the output has no requirement about FP hardware,
+ follow the requirement of the input. */
+ if (out_attr[i].i == 0)
+ {
+ BFD_ASSERT (out_attr[Tag_ABI_HardFP_use].i == 0);
+ out_attr[i].i = in_attr[i].i;
+ out_attr[Tag_ABI_HardFP_use].i
+ = in_attr[Tag_ABI_HardFP_use].i;
+ break;
+ }
+ /* If the input has no requirement about FP hardware, do
+ nothing. */
+ else if (in_attr[i].i == 0)
+ {
+ BFD_ASSERT (in_attr[Tag_ABI_HardFP_use].i == 0);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Both the input and the output have nonzero Tag_FP_arch.
+ So Tag_ABI_HardFP_use is (SP & DP) when it's zero. */
+
+ /* If both the input and the output have zero Tag_ABI_HardFP_use,
+ do nothing. */
+ if (in_attr[Tag_ABI_HardFP_use].i == 0
+ && out_attr[Tag_ABI_HardFP_use].i == 0)
+ ;
+ /* If the input and the output have different Tag_ABI_HardFP_use,
+ the combination of them is 3 (SP & DP). */
+ else if (in_attr[Tag_ABI_HardFP_use].i
+ != out_attr[Tag_ABI_HardFP_use].i)
+ out_attr[Tag_ABI_HardFP_use].i = 3;
+
+ /* Now we can handle Tag_FP_arch. */
+
+ /* Values greater than 6 aren't defined, so just pick the
+ biggest */
+ if (in_attr[i].i > 6 && in_attr[i].i > out_attr[i].i)
+ {
+ out_attr[i] = in_attr[i];
+ break;
+ }
+ /* The output uses the superset of input features
+ (ISA version) and registers. */
+ ver = vfp_versions[in_attr[i].i].ver;
+ if (ver < vfp_versions[out_attr[i].i].ver)
+ ver = vfp_versions[out_attr[i].i].ver;
+ regs = vfp_versions[in_attr[i].i].regs;
+ if (regs < vfp_versions[out_attr[i].i].regs)
+ regs = vfp_versions[out_attr[i].i].regs;
+ /* This assumes all possible supersets are also a valid
+ options. */
+ for (newval = 6; newval > 0; newval--)
+ {
+ if (regs == vfp_versions[newval].regs
+ && ver == vfp_versions[newval].ver)
+ break;
+ }
+ out_attr[i].i = newval;
+ }
break;
case Tag_PCS_config:
if (out_attr[i].i == 0)
/* Merged in target-independent code. */
break;
case Tag_ABI_HardFP_use:
- /* 1 (SP) and 2 (DP) conflict, so combine to 3 (SP & DP). */
- if ((in_attr[i].i == 1 && out_attr[i].i == 2)
- || (in_attr[i].i == 2 && out_attr[i].i == 1))
- out_attr[i].i = 3;
- else if (in_attr[i].i > out_attr[i].i)
- out_attr[i].i = in_attr[i].i;
+ /* This is handled along with Tag_FP_arch. */
break;
case Tag_ABI_FP_16bit_format:
if (in_attr[i].i != 0 && out_attr[i].i != 0)
out_attr[i].i = in_attr[i].i;
break;
+ case Tag_DIV_use:
+ /* This tag is set to zero if we can use UDIV and SDIV in Thumb
+ mode on a v7-M or v7-R CPU; to one if we can not use UDIV or
+ SDIV at all; and to two if we can use UDIV or SDIV on a v7-A
+ CPU. We will merge as follows: If the input attribute's value
+ is one then the output attribute's value remains unchanged. If
+ the input attribute's value is zero or two then if the output
+ attribute's value is one the output value is set to the input
+ value, otherwise the output value must be the same as the
+ inputs. */
+ if (in_attr[i].i != 1 && out_attr[i].i != 1)
+ {
+ if (in_attr[i].i != out_attr[i].i)
+ {
+ _bfd_error_handler
+ (_("DIV usage mismatch between %B and %B"),
+ ibfd, obfd);
+ result = FALSE;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (in_attr[i].i != 1)
+ out_attr[i].i = in_attr[i].i;
+
+ break;
+
+ case Tag_MPextension_use_legacy:
+ /* We don't output objects with Tag_MPextension_use_legacy - we
+ move the value to Tag_MPextension_use. */
+ if (in_attr[i].i != 0 && in_attr[Tag_MPextension_use].i != 0)
+ {
+ if (in_attr[Tag_MPextension_use].i != in_attr[i].i)
+ {
+ _bfd_error_handler
+ (_("%B has has both the current and legacy "
+ "Tag_MPextension_use attributes"),
+ ibfd);
+ result = FALSE;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (in_attr[i].i > out_attr[Tag_MPextension_use].i)
+ out_attr[Tag_MPextension_use] = in_attr[i];
+
+ break;
+
case Tag_nodefaults:
/* This tag is set if it exists, but the value is unused (and is
typically zero). We don't actually need to do anything here -
break;
default:
- {
- bfd *err_bfd = NULL;
-
- /* The "known_obj_attributes" table does contain some undefined
- attributes. Ensure that there are unused. */
- if (out_attr[i].i != 0 || out_attr[i].s != NULL)
- err_bfd = obfd;
- else if (in_attr[i].i != 0 || in_attr[i].s != NULL)
- err_bfd = ibfd;
-
- if (err_bfd != NULL)
- {
- /* Attribute numbers >=64 (mod 128) can be safely ignored. */
- if ((i & 127) < 64)
- {
- _bfd_error_handler
- (_("%B: Unknown mandatory EABI object attribute %d"),
- err_bfd, i);
- bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
- result = FALSE;
- }
- else
- {
- _bfd_error_handler
- (_("Warning: %B: Unknown EABI object attribute %d"),
- err_bfd, i);
- }
- }
-
- /* Only pass on attributes that match in both inputs. */
- if (in_attr[i].i != out_attr[i].i
- || in_attr[i].s != out_attr[i].s
- || (in_attr[i].s != NULL && out_attr[i].s != NULL
- && strcmp (in_attr[i].s, out_attr[i].s) != 0))
- {
- out_attr[i].i = 0;
- out_attr[i].s = NULL;
- }
- }
+ result
+ = result && _bfd_elf_merge_unknown_attribute_low (ibfd, obfd, i);
}
/* If out_attr was copied from in_attr then it won't have a type yet. */
}
/* Merge Tag_compatibility attributes and any common GNU ones. */
- _bfd_elf_merge_object_attributes (ibfd, obfd);
+ if (!_bfd_elf_merge_object_attributes (ibfd, obfd))
+ return FALSE;
/* Check for any attributes not known on ARM. */
- in_list = elf_other_obj_attributes_proc (ibfd);
- out_listp = &elf_other_obj_attributes_proc (obfd);
- out_list = *out_listp;
-
- for (; in_list || out_list; )
- {
- bfd *err_bfd = NULL;
- int err_tag = 0;
-
- /* The tags for each list are in numerical order. */
- /* If the tags are equal, then merge. */
- if (out_list && (!in_list || in_list->tag > out_list->tag))
- {
- /* This attribute only exists in obfd. We can't merge, and we don't
- know what the tag means, so delete it. */
- err_bfd = obfd;
- err_tag = out_list->tag;
- *out_listp = out_list->next;
- out_list = *out_listp;
- }
- else if (in_list && (!out_list || in_list->tag < out_list->tag))
- {
- /* This attribute only exists in ibfd. We can't merge, and we don't
- know what the tag means, so ignore it. */
- err_bfd = ibfd;
- err_tag = in_list->tag;
- in_list = in_list->next;
- }
- else /* The tags are equal. */
- {
- /* As present, all attributes in the list are unknown, and
- therefore can't be merged meaningfully. */
- err_bfd = obfd;
- err_tag = out_list->tag;
-
- /* Only pass on attributes that match in both inputs. */
- if (in_list->attr.i != out_list->attr.i
- || in_list->attr.s != out_list->attr.s
- || (in_list->attr.s && out_list->attr.s
- && strcmp (in_list->attr.s, out_list->attr.s) != 0))
- {
- /* No match. Delete the attribute. */
- *out_listp = out_list->next;
- out_list = *out_listp;
- }
- else
- {
- /* Matched. Keep the attribute and move to the next. */
- out_list = out_list->next;
- in_list = in_list->next;
- }
- }
+ result &= _bfd_elf_merge_unknown_attribute_list (ibfd, obfd);
- if (err_bfd)
- {
- /* Attribute numbers >=64 (mod 128) can be safely ignored. */
- if ((err_tag & 127) < 64)
- {
- _bfd_error_handler
- (_("%B: Unknown mandatory EABI object attribute %d"),
- err_bfd, err_tag);
- bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
- result = FALSE;
- }
- else
- {
- _bfd_error_handler
- (_("Warning: %B: Unknown EABI object attribute %d"),
- err_bfd, err_tag);
- }
- }
- }
return result;
}
object file when linking. */
static bfd_boolean
-elf32_arm_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd * ibfd, bfd * obfd)
-{
- flagword out_flags;
- flagword in_flags;
- bfd_boolean flags_compatible = TRUE;
- asection *sec;
-
- /* Check if we have the same endianess. */
- if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd, obfd))
- return FALSE;
+elf32_arm_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd * ibfd, bfd * obfd);
- if (! is_arm_elf (ibfd) || ! is_arm_elf (obfd))
- return TRUE;
-
- if (!elf32_arm_merge_eabi_attributes (ibfd, obfd))
- return FALSE;
-
- /* The input BFD must have had its flags initialised. */
- /* The following seems bogus to me -- The flags are initialized in
- the assembler but I don't think an elf_flags_init field is
- written into the object. */
- /* BFD_ASSERT (elf_flags_init (ibfd)); */
-
- in_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags;
- out_flags = elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags;
-
- /* In theory there is no reason why we couldn't handle this. However
- in practice it isn't even close to working and there is no real
- reason to want it. */
- if (EF_ARM_EABI_VERSION (in_flags) >= EF_ARM_EABI_VER4
- && !(ibfd->flags & DYNAMIC)
- && (in_flags & EF_ARM_BE8))
- {
- _bfd_error_handler (_("error: %B is already in final BE8 format"),
- ibfd);
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- if (!elf_flags_init (obfd))
- {
- /* If the input is the default architecture and had the default
- flags then do not bother setting the flags for the output
- architecture, instead allow future merges to do this. If no
- future merges ever set these flags then they will retain their
- uninitialised values, which surprise surprise, correspond
- to the default values. */
- if (bfd_get_arch_info (ibfd)->the_default
- && elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags == 0)
- return TRUE;
-
- elf_flags_init (obfd) = TRUE;
- elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = in_flags;
-
- if (bfd_get_arch (obfd) == bfd_get_arch (ibfd)
- && bfd_get_arch_info (obfd)->the_default)
- return bfd_set_arch_mach (obfd, bfd_get_arch (ibfd), bfd_get_mach (ibfd));
-
- return TRUE;
- }
-
- /* Determine what should happen if the input ARM architecture
- does not match the output ARM architecture. */
- if (! bfd_arm_merge_machines (ibfd, obfd))
- return FALSE;
-
- /* Identical flags must be compatible. */
- if (in_flags == out_flags)
- return TRUE;
-
- /* Check to see if the input BFD actually contains any sections. If
- not, its flags may not have been initialised either, but it
- cannot actually cause any incompatiblity. Do not short-circuit
- dynamic objects; their section list may be emptied by
- elf_link_add_object_symbols.
-
- Also check to see if there are no code sections in the input.
- In this case there is no need to check for code specific flags.
- XXX - do we need to worry about floating-point format compatability
- in data sections ? */
- if (!(ibfd->flags & DYNAMIC))
- {
- bfd_boolean null_input_bfd = TRUE;
- bfd_boolean only_data_sections = TRUE;
-
- for (sec = ibfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
- {
- /* Ignore synthetic glue sections. */
- if (strcmp (sec->name, ".glue_7")
- && strcmp (sec->name, ".glue_7t"))
- {
- if ((bfd_get_section_flags (ibfd, sec)
- & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_CODE | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS))
- == (SEC_LOAD | SEC_CODE | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS))
- only_data_sections = FALSE;
-
- null_input_bfd = FALSE;
- break;
- }
- }
-
- if (null_input_bfd || only_data_sections)
- return TRUE;
- }
-
- /* Complain about various flag mismatches. */
- if (!elf32_arm_versions_compatible (EF_ARM_EABI_VERSION (in_flags),
- EF_ARM_EABI_VERSION (out_flags)))
- {
- _bfd_error_handler
- (_("error: Source object %B has EABI version %d, but target %B has EABI version %d"),
- ibfd, obfd,
- (in_flags & EF_ARM_EABIMASK) >> 24,
- (out_flags & EF_ARM_EABIMASK) >> 24);
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- /* Not sure what needs to be checked for EABI versions >= 1. */
- /* VxWorks libraries do not use these flags. */
- if (get_elf_backend_data (obfd) != &elf32_arm_vxworks_bed
- && get_elf_backend_data (ibfd) != &elf32_arm_vxworks_bed
- && EF_ARM_EABI_VERSION (in_flags) == EF_ARM_EABI_UNKNOWN)
- {
- if ((in_flags & EF_ARM_APCS_26) != (out_flags & EF_ARM_APCS_26))
- {
- _bfd_error_handler
- (_("error: %B is compiled for APCS-%d, whereas target %B uses APCS-%d"),
- ibfd, obfd,
- in_flags & EF_ARM_APCS_26 ? 26 : 32,
- out_flags & EF_ARM_APCS_26 ? 26 : 32);
- flags_compatible = FALSE;
- }
-
- if ((in_flags & EF_ARM_APCS_FLOAT) != (out_flags & EF_ARM_APCS_FLOAT))
- {
- if (in_flags & EF_ARM_APCS_FLOAT)
- _bfd_error_handler
- (_("error: %B passes floats in float registers, whereas %B passes them in integer registers"),
- ibfd, obfd);
- else
- _bfd_error_handler
- (_("error: %B passes floats in integer registers, whereas %B passes them in float registers"),
- ibfd, obfd);
-
- flags_compatible = FALSE;
- }
-
- if ((in_flags & EF_ARM_VFP_FLOAT) != (out_flags & EF_ARM_VFP_FLOAT))
- {
- if (in_flags & EF_ARM_VFP_FLOAT)
- _bfd_error_handler
- (_("error: %B uses VFP instructions, whereas %B does not"),
- ibfd, obfd);
- else
- _bfd_error_handler
- (_("error: %B uses FPA instructions, whereas %B does not"),
- ibfd, obfd);
-
- flags_compatible = FALSE;
- }
-
- if ((in_flags & EF_ARM_MAVERICK_FLOAT) != (out_flags & EF_ARM_MAVERICK_FLOAT))
- {
- if (in_flags & EF_ARM_MAVERICK_FLOAT)
- _bfd_error_handler
- (_("error: %B uses Maverick instructions, whereas %B does not"),
- ibfd, obfd);
- else
- _bfd_error_handler
- (_("error: %B does not use Maverick instructions, whereas %B does"),
- ibfd, obfd);
-
- flags_compatible = FALSE;
- }
-
-#ifdef EF_ARM_SOFT_FLOAT
- if ((in_flags & EF_ARM_SOFT_FLOAT) != (out_flags & EF_ARM_SOFT_FLOAT))
- {
- /* We can allow interworking between code that is VFP format
- layout, and uses either soft float or integer regs for
- passing floating point arguments and results. We already
- know that the APCS_FLOAT flags match; similarly for VFP
- flags. */
- if ((in_flags & EF_ARM_APCS_FLOAT) != 0
- || (in_flags & EF_ARM_VFP_FLOAT) == 0)
- {
- if (in_flags & EF_ARM_SOFT_FLOAT)
- _bfd_error_handler
- (_("error: %B uses software FP, whereas %B uses hardware FP"),
- ibfd, obfd);
- else
- _bfd_error_handler
- (_("error: %B uses hardware FP, whereas %B uses software FP"),
- ibfd, obfd);
-
- flags_compatible = FALSE;
- }
- }
-#endif
-
- /* Interworking mismatch is only a warning. */
- if ((in_flags & EF_ARM_INTERWORK) != (out_flags & EF_ARM_INTERWORK))
- {
- if (in_flags & EF_ARM_INTERWORK)
- {
- _bfd_error_handler
- (_("Warning: %B supports interworking, whereas %B does not"),
- ibfd, obfd);
- }
- else
- {
- _bfd_error_handler
- (_("Warning: %B does not support interworking, whereas %B does"),
- ibfd, obfd);
- }
- }
- }
-
- return flags_compatible;
-}
-
-/* Display the flags field. */
+/* Display the flags field. */
static bfd_boolean
elf32_arm_print_private_bfd_data (bfd *abfd, void * ptr)
return TRUE;
globals = elf32_arm_hash_table (info);
+ if (globals == NULL)
+ return FALSE;
elf_section_data (sec)->local_dynrel = NULL;
{
unsigned long r_symndx;
struct elf_link_hash_entry *h = NULL;
+ struct elf32_arm_link_hash_entry *eh;
int r_type;
+ bfd_boolean call_reloc_p;
+ bfd_boolean may_become_dynamic_p;
+ bfd_boolean may_need_local_target_p;
+ union gotplt_union *root_plt;
+ struct arm_plt_info *arm_plt;
r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
|| h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
}
+ eh = (struct elf32_arm_link_hash_entry *) h;
+
+ call_reloc_p = FALSE;
+ may_become_dynamic_p = FALSE;
+ may_need_local_target_p = FALSE;
r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
r_type = arm_real_reloc_type (globals, r_type);
break;
case R_ARM_TLS_LDM32:
- elf32_arm_hash_table (info)->tls_ldm_got.refcount -= 1;
+ globals->tls_ldm_got.refcount -= 1;
break;
- case R_ARM_ABS32:
- case R_ARM_ABS32_NOI:
- case R_ARM_REL32:
- case R_ARM_REL32_NOI:
case R_ARM_PC24:
case R_ARM_PLT32:
case R_ARM_CALL:
case R_ARM_THM_CALL:
case R_ARM_THM_JUMP24:
case R_ARM_THM_JUMP19:
+ call_reloc_p = TRUE;
+ may_need_local_target_p = TRUE;
+ break;
+
+ case R_ARM_ABS12:
+ if (!globals->vxworks_p)
+ {
+ may_need_local_target_p = TRUE;
+ break;
+ }
+ /* Fall through. */
+ case R_ARM_ABS32:
+ case R_ARM_ABS32_NOI:
+ case R_ARM_REL32:
+ case R_ARM_REL32_NOI:
case R_ARM_MOVW_ABS_NC:
case R_ARM_MOVT_ABS:
case R_ARM_MOVW_PREL_NC:
case R_ARM_THM_MOVW_PREL_NC:
case R_ARM_THM_MOVT_PREL:
/* Should the interworking branches be here also? */
-
- if (h != NULL)
+ if ((info->shared || globals->root.is_relocatable_executable)
+ && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
{
- struct elf32_arm_link_hash_entry *eh;
- struct elf32_arm_relocs_copied **pp;
- struct elf32_arm_relocs_copied *p;
-
- eh = (struct elf32_arm_link_hash_entry *) h;
-
- if (h->plt.refcount > 0)
+ if (h == NULL
+ && (r_type == R_ARM_REL32 || r_type == R_ARM_REL32_NOI))
{
- h->plt.refcount -= 1;
- if (r_type == R_ARM_THM_CALL)
- eh->plt_maybe_thumb_refcount--;
-
- if (r_type == R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
- || r_type == R_ARM_THM_JUMP19)
- eh->plt_thumb_refcount--;
- }
-
- if (r_type == R_ARM_ABS32
- || r_type == R_ARM_REL32
- || r_type == R_ARM_ABS32_NOI
- || r_type == R_ARM_REL32_NOI)
- {
- for (pp = &eh->relocs_copied; (p = *pp) != NULL;
- pp = &p->next)
- if (p->section == sec)
- {
- p->count -= 1;
- if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_ARM_REL32
- || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_ARM_REL32_NOI)
- p->pc_count -= 1;
- if (p->count == 0)
- *pp = p->next;
- break;
- }
+ call_reloc_p = TRUE;
+ may_need_local_target_p = TRUE;
}
+ else
+ may_become_dynamic_p = TRUE;
}
+ else
+ may_need_local_target_p = TRUE;
break;
default:
break;
}
+
+ if (may_need_local_target_p
+ && elf32_arm_get_plt_info (abfd, eh, r_symndx, &root_plt, &arm_plt))
+ {
+ BFD_ASSERT (root_plt->refcount > 0);
+ root_plt->refcount -= 1;
+
+ if (!call_reloc_p)
+ arm_plt->noncall_refcount--;
+
+ if (r_type == R_ARM_THM_CALL)
+ arm_plt->maybe_thumb_refcount--;
+
+ if (r_type == R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
+ || r_type == R_ARM_THM_JUMP19)
+ arm_plt->thumb_refcount--;
+ }
+
+ if (may_become_dynamic_p)
+ {
+ struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp;
+ struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
+
+ if (h != NULL)
+ pp = &(eh->dyn_relocs);
+ else
+ {
+ Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
+
+ isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&globals->sym_cache,
+ abfd, r_symndx);
+ if (isym == NULL)
+ return FALSE;
+ pp = elf32_arm_get_local_dynreloc_list (abfd, r_symndx, isym);
+ if (pp == NULL)
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ for (; (p = *pp) != NULL; pp = &p->next)
+ if (p->sec == sec)
+ {
+ /* Everything must go for SEC. */
+ *pp = p->next;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
}
return TRUE;
const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end;
bfd *dynobj;
asection *sreloc;
- bfd_vma *local_got_offsets;
struct elf32_arm_link_hash_table *htab;
- bfd_boolean needs_plt;
+ bfd_boolean call_reloc_p;
+ bfd_boolean may_become_dynamic_p;
+ bfd_boolean may_need_local_target_p;
unsigned long nsyms;
if (info->relocatable)
BFD_ASSERT (is_arm_elf (abfd));
htab = elf32_arm_hash_table (info);
+ if (htab == NULL)
+ return FALSE;
+
sreloc = NULL;
/* Create dynamic sections for relocatable executables so that we can
return FALSE;
}
- dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
- local_got_offsets = elf_local_got_offsets (abfd);
+ if (htab->root.dynobj == NULL)
+ htab->root.dynobj = abfd;
+ if (!create_ifunc_sections (info))
+ return FALSE;
+
+ dynobj = htab->root.dynobj;
symtab_hdr = & elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
rel_end = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
for (rel = relocs; rel < rel_end; rel++)
{
+ Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
struct elf32_arm_link_hash_entry *eh;
unsigned long r_symndx;
/* PR 9934: It is possible to have relocations that do not
refer to symbols, thus it is also possible to have an
object file containing relocations but no symbol table. */
- && (r_symndx > 0 || nsyms > 0))
+ && (r_symndx > STN_UNDEF || nsyms > 0))
{
(*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: bad symbol index: %d"), abfd,
r_symndx);
return FALSE;
}
- if (nsyms == 0 || r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
- h = NULL;
- else
+ h = NULL;
+ isym = NULL;
+ if (nsyms > 0)
{
- h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
- while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
- || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
- h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
+ if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
+ {
+ /* A local symbol. */
+ isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->sym_cache,
+ abfd, r_symndx);
+ if (isym == NULL)
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
+ while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
+ || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
+ h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
+ }
}
eh = (struct elf32_arm_link_hash_entry *) h;
+ call_reloc_p = FALSE;
+ may_become_dynamic_p = FALSE;
+ may_need_local_target_p = FALSE;
+
+ /* Could be done earlier, if h were already available. */
+ r_type = elf32_arm_tls_transition (info, r_type, h);
switch (r_type)
{
case R_ARM_GOT32:
case R_ARM_GOT_PREL:
case R_ARM_TLS_GD32:
case R_ARM_TLS_IE32:
+ case R_ARM_TLS_GOTDESC:
+ case R_ARM_TLS_DESCSEQ:
+ case R_ARM_THM_TLS_DESCSEQ:
+ case R_ARM_TLS_CALL:
+ case R_ARM_THM_TLS_CALL:
/* This symbol requires a global offset table entry. */
{
int tls_type, old_tls_type;
switch (r_type)
{
case R_ARM_TLS_GD32: tls_type = GOT_TLS_GD; break;
+
case R_ARM_TLS_IE32: tls_type = GOT_TLS_IE; break;
+
+ case R_ARM_TLS_GOTDESC:
+ case R_ARM_TLS_CALL: case R_ARM_THM_TLS_CALL:
+ case R_ARM_TLS_DESCSEQ: case R_ARM_THM_TLS_DESCSEQ:
+ tls_type = GOT_TLS_GDESC; break;
+
default: tls_type = GOT_NORMAL; break;
}
}
else
{
- bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts;
-
/* This is a global offset table entry for a local symbol. */
- local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd);
- if (local_got_refcounts == NULL)
- {
- bfd_size_type size;
-
- size = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
- size *= (sizeof (bfd_signed_vma) + sizeof (char));
- local_got_refcounts = bfd_zalloc (abfd, size);
- if (local_got_refcounts == NULL)
- return FALSE;
- elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd) = local_got_refcounts;
- elf32_arm_local_got_tls_type (abfd)
- = (char *) (local_got_refcounts + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
- }
- local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] += 1;
+ if (!elf32_arm_allocate_local_sym_info (abfd))
+ return FALSE;
+ elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd)[r_symndx] += 1;
old_tls_type = elf32_arm_local_got_tls_type (abfd) [r_symndx];
}
- /* We will already have issued an error message if there is a
- TLS / non-TLS mismatch, based on the symbol type. We don't
- support any linker relaxations. So just combine any TLS
- types needed. */
+ /* If a variable is accessed with both tls methods, two
+ slots may be created. */
+ if (GOT_TLS_GD_ANY_P (old_tls_type)
+ && GOT_TLS_GD_ANY_P (tls_type))
+ tls_type |= old_tls_type;
+
+ /* We will already have issued an error message if there
+ is a TLS/non-TLS mismatch, based on the symbol
+ type. So just combine any TLS types needed. */
if (old_tls_type != GOT_UNKNOWN && old_tls_type != GOT_NORMAL
&& tls_type != GOT_NORMAL)
tls_type |= old_tls_type;
+ /* If the symbol is accessed in both IE and GDESC
+ method, we're able to relax. Turn off the GDESC flag,
+ without messing up with any other kind of tls types
+ that may be involved */
+ if ((tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE) && (tls_type & GOT_TLS_GDESC))
+ tls_type &= ~GOT_TLS_GDESC;
+
if (old_tls_type != tls_type)
{
if (h != NULL)
case R_ARM_GOTOFF32:
case R_ARM_GOTPC:
- if (htab->sgot == NULL)
- {
- if (htab->root.dynobj == NULL)
- htab->root.dynobj = abfd;
- if (!create_got_section (htab->root.dynobj, info))
- return FALSE;
- }
+ if (htab->root.sgot == NULL
+ && !create_got_section (htab->root.dynobj, info))
+ return FALSE;
break;
- case R_ARM_ABS12:
- /* VxWorks uses dynamic R_ARM_ABS12 relocations for
- ldr __GOTT_INDEX__ offsets. */
- if (!htab->vxworks_p)
- break;
- /* Fall through. */
-
case R_ARM_PC24:
case R_ARM_PLT32:
case R_ARM_CALL:
case R_ARM_THM_CALL:
case R_ARM_THM_JUMP24:
case R_ARM_THM_JUMP19:
- needs_plt = 1;
- goto normal_reloc;
+ call_reloc_p = TRUE;
+ may_need_local_target_p = TRUE;
+ break;
+
+ case R_ARM_ABS12:
+ /* VxWorks uses dynamic R_ARM_ABS12 relocations for
+ ldr __GOTT_INDEX__ offsets. */
+ if (!htab->vxworks_p)
+ {
+ may_need_local_target_p = TRUE;
+ break;
+ }
+ /* Fall through. */
+
+ case R_ARM_MOVW_ABS_NC:
+ case R_ARM_MOVT_ABS:
+ case R_ARM_THM_MOVW_ABS_NC:
+ case R_ARM_THM_MOVT_ABS:
+ if (info->shared)
+ {
+ (*_bfd_error_handler)
+ (_("%B: relocation %s against `%s' can not be used when making a shared object; recompile with -fPIC"),
+ abfd, elf32_arm_howto_table_1[r_type].name,
+ (h) ? h->root.root.string : "a local symbol");
+ bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ /* Fall through. */
case R_ARM_ABS32:
case R_ARM_ABS32_NOI:
case R_ARM_REL32:
case R_ARM_REL32_NOI:
- case R_ARM_MOVW_ABS_NC:
- case R_ARM_MOVT_ABS:
case R_ARM_MOVW_PREL_NC:
case R_ARM_MOVT_PREL:
- case R_ARM_THM_MOVW_ABS_NC:
- case R_ARM_THM_MOVT_ABS:
case R_ARM_THM_MOVW_PREL_NC:
case R_ARM_THM_MOVT_PREL:
- needs_plt = 0;
- normal_reloc:
/* Should the interworking branches be listed here? */
- if (h != NULL)
- {
- /* If this reloc is in a read-only section, we might
- need a copy reloc. We can't check reliably at this
- stage whether the section is read-only, as input
- sections have not yet been mapped to output sections.
- Tentatively set the flag for now, and correct in
- adjust_dynamic_symbol. */
- if (!info->shared)
- h->non_got_ref = 1;
-
- /* We may need a .plt entry if the function this reloc
- refers to is in a different object. We can't tell for
- sure yet, because something later might force the
- symbol local. */
- if (needs_plt)
- h->needs_plt = 1;
-
- /* If we create a PLT entry, this relocation will reference
- it, even if it's an ABS32 relocation. */
- h->plt.refcount += 1;
-
- /* It's too early to use htab->use_blx here, so we have to
- record possible blx references separately from
- relocs that definitely need a thumb stub. */
-
- if (r_type == R_ARM_THM_CALL)
- eh->plt_maybe_thumb_refcount += 1;
-
- if (r_type == R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
- || r_type == R_ARM_THM_JUMP19)
- eh->plt_thumb_refcount += 1;
- }
-
- /* If we are creating a shared library or relocatable executable,
- and this is a reloc against a global symbol, or a non PC
- relative reloc against a local symbol, then we need to copy
- the reloc into the shared library. However, if we are linking
- with -Bsymbolic, we do not need to copy a reloc against a
- global symbol which is defined in an object we are
- including in the link (i.e., DEF_REGULAR is set). At
- this point we have not seen all the input files, so it is
- possible that DEF_REGULAR is not set now but will be set
- later (it is never cleared). We account for that
- possibility below by storing information in the
- relocs_copied field of the hash table entry. */
if ((info->shared || htab->root.is_relocatable_executable)
- && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
- && ((r_type == R_ARM_ABS32 || r_type == R_ARM_ABS32_NOI)
- || (h != NULL && ! h->needs_plt
- && (! info->symbolic || ! h->def_regular))))
+ && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
{
- struct elf32_arm_relocs_copied *p, **head;
-
- /* When creating a shared object, we must copy these
- reloc types into the output file. We create a reloc
- section in dynobj and make room for this reloc. */
- if (sreloc == NULL)
- {
- sreloc = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section
- (sec, dynobj, 2, abfd, ! htab->use_rel);
-
- if (sreloc == NULL)
- return FALSE;
-
- /* BPABI objects never have dynamic relocations mapped. */
- if (htab->symbian_p)
- {
- flagword flags;
-
- flags = bfd_get_section_flags (dynobj, sreloc);
- flags &= ~(SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC);
- bfd_set_section_flags (dynobj, sreloc, flags);
- }
- }
-
- /* If this is a global symbol, we count the number of
- relocations we need for this symbol. */
- if (h != NULL)
+ if (h == NULL
+ && (r_type == R_ARM_REL32 || r_type == R_ARM_REL32_NOI))
{
- head = &((struct elf32_arm_link_hash_entry *) h)->relocs_copied;
+ /* In shared libraries and relocatable executables,
+ we treat local relative references as calls;
+ see the related SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL code in
+ allocate_dynrelocs. */
+ call_reloc_p = TRUE;
+ may_need_local_target_p = TRUE;
}
else
- {
- /* Track dynamic relocs needed for local syms too.
- We really need local syms available to do this
- easily. Oh well. */
-
- asection *s;
- void *vpp;
-
- s = bfd_section_from_r_symndx (abfd, &htab->sym_sec,
- sec, r_symndx);
- if (s == NULL)
- return FALSE;
-
- vpp = &elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel;
- head = (struct elf32_arm_relocs_copied **) vpp;
- }
-
- p = *head;
- if (p == NULL || p->section != sec)
- {
- bfd_size_type amt = sizeof *p;
-
- p = bfd_alloc (htab->root.dynobj, amt);
- if (p == NULL)
- return FALSE;
- p->next = *head;
- *head = p;
- p->section = sec;
- p->count = 0;
- p->pc_count = 0;
- }
-
- if (r_type == R_ARM_REL32 || r_type == R_ARM_REL32_NOI)
- p->pc_count += 1;
- p->count += 1;
+ /* We are creating a shared library or relocatable
+ executable, and this is a reloc against a global symbol,
+ or a non-PC-relative reloc against a local symbol.
+ We may need to copy the reloc into the output. */
+ may_become_dynamic_p = TRUE;
}
+ else
+ may_need_local_target_p = TRUE;
break;
/* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
return FALSE;
break;
}
+
+ if (h != NULL)
+ {
+ if (call_reloc_p)
+ /* We may need a .plt entry if the function this reloc
+ refers to is in a different object, regardless of the
+ symbol's type. We can't tell for sure yet, because
+ something later might force the symbol local. */
+ h->needs_plt = 1;
+ else if (may_need_local_target_p)
+ /* If this reloc is in a read-only section, we might
+ need a copy reloc. We can't check reliably at this
+ stage whether the section is read-only, as input
+ sections have not yet been mapped to output sections.
+ Tentatively set the flag for now, and correct in
+ adjust_dynamic_symbol. */
+ h->non_got_ref = 1;
+ }
+
+ if (may_need_local_target_p
+ && (h != NULL || ELF32_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC))
+ {
+ union gotplt_union *root_plt;
+ struct arm_plt_info *arm_plt;
+ struct arm_local_iplt_info *local_iplt;
+
+ if (h != NULL)
+ {
+ root_plt = &h->plt;
+ arm_plt = &eh->plt;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ local_iplt = elf32_arm_create_local_iplt (abfd, r_symndx);
+ if (local_iplt == NULL)
+ return FALSE;
+ root_plt = &local_iplt->root;
+ arm_plt = &local_iplt->arm;
+ }
+
+ /* If the symbol is a function that doesn't bind locally,
+ this relocation will need a PLT entry. */
+ root_plt->refcount += 1;
+
+ if (!call_reloc_p)
+ arm_plt->noncall_refcount++;
+
+ /* It's too early to use htab->use_blx here, so we have to
+ record possible blx references separately from
+ relocs that definitely need a thumb stub. */
+
+ if (r_type == R_ARM_THM_CALL)
+ arm_plt->maybe_thumb_refcount += 1;
+
+ if (r_type == R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
+ || r_type == R_ARM_THM_JUMP19)
+ arm_plt->thumb_refcount += 1;
+ }
+
+ if (may_become_dynamic_p)
+ {
+ struct elf_dyn_relocs *p, **head;
+
+ /* Create a reloc section in dynobj. */
+ if (sreloc == NULL)
+ {
+ sreloc = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section
+ (sec, dynobj, 2, abfd, ! htab->use_rel);
+
+ if (sreloc == NULL)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ /* BPABI objects never have dynamic relocations mapped. */
+ if (htab->symbian_p)
+ {
+ flagword flags;
+
+ flags = bfd_get_section_flags (dynobj, sreloc);
+ flags &= ~(SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC);
+ bfd_set_section_flags (dynobj, sreloc, flags);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* If this is a global symbol, count the number of
+ relocations we need for this symbol. */
+ if (h != NULL)
+ head = &((struct elf32_arm_link_hash_entry *) h)->dyn_relocs;
+ else
+ {
+ head = elf32_arm_get_local_dynreloc_list (abfd, r_symndx, isym);
+ if (head == NULL)
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ p = *head;
+ if (p == NULL || p->sec != sec)
+ {
+ bfd_size_type amt = sizeof *p;
+
+ p = (struct elf_dyn_relocs *) bfd_alloc (htab->root.dynobj, amt);
+ if (p == NULL)
+ return FALSE;
+ p->next = *head;
+ *head = p;
+ p->sec = sec;
+ p->count = 0;
+ p->pc_count = 0;
+ }
+
+ if (r_type == R_ARM_REL32 || r_type == R_ARM_REL32_NOI)
+ p->pc_count += 1;
+ p->count += 1;
+ }
}
return TRUE;
Elf_Internal_Shdr **elf_shdrp;
bfd_boolean again;
+ _bfd_elf_gc_mark_extra_sections (info, gc_mark_hook);
+
/* Marking EH data may cause additional code sections to be marked,
requiring multiple passes. */
again = TRUE;
struct elf32_arm_link_hash_table *globals;
globals = elf32_arm_hash_table (info);
+ if (globals == NULL)
+ return FALSE;
+
dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
/* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL
&& (h->needs_plt
+ || h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
|| h->u.weakdef != NULL
|| (h->def_dynamic
&& h->ref_regular
/* If this is a function, put it in the procedure linkage table. We
will fill in the contents of the procedure linkage table later,
when we know the address of the .got section. */
- if (h->type == STT_FUNC || h->type == STT_ARM_TFUNC
- || h->needs_plt)
+ if (h->type == STT_FUNC || h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC || h->needs_plt)
{
+ /* Calls to STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols always use a PLT, even if the
+ symbol binds locally. */
if (h->plt.refcount <= 0
- || SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
- || (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT
- && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
+ || (h->type != STT_GNU_IFUNC
+ && (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
+ || (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT
+ && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))))
{
/* This case can occur if we saw a PLT32 reloc in an input
file, but the symbol was never referred to by a dynamic
such a case, we don't actually need to build a procedure
linkage table, and we can just do a PC24 reloc instead. */
h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
- eh->plt_thumb_refcount = 0;
- eh->plt_maybe_thumb_refcount = 0;
+ eh->plt.thumb_refcount = 0;
+ eh->plt.maybe_thumb_refcount = 0;
+ eh->plt.noncall_refcount = 0;
h->needs_plt = 0;
}
and non-function syms in check-relocs; Objects loaded later in
the link may change h->type. So fix it now. */
h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
- eh->plt_thumb_refcount = 0;
- eh->plt_maybe_thumb_refcount = 0;
+ eh->plt.thumb_refcount = 0;
+ eh->plt.maybe_thumb_refcount = 0;
+ eh->plt.noncall_refcount = 0;
}
/* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
asection *srel;
srel = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, RELOC_SECTION (globals, ".bss"));
- BFD_ASSERT (srel != NULL);
- srel->size += RELOC_SIZE (globals);
+ elf32_arm_allocate_dynrelocs (info, srel, 1);
h->needs_copy = 1;
}
dynamic relocs. */
static bfd_boolean
-allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void * inf)
+allocate_dynrelocs_for_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void * inf)
{
struct bfd_link_info *info;
struct elf32_arm_link_hash_table *htab;
struct elf32_arm_link_hash_entry *eh;
- struct elf32_arm_relocs_copied *p;
- bfd_signed_vma thumb_refs;
-
- eh = (struct elf32_arm_link_hash_entry *) h;
+ struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
return TRUE;
- if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
- /* When warning symbols are created, they **replace** the "real"
- entry in the hash table, thus we never get to see the real
- symbol in a hash traversal. So look at it now. */
- h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
+ eh = (struct elf32_arm_link_hash_entry *) h;
info = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf;
htab = elf32_arm_hash_table (info);
+ if (htab == NULL)
+ return FALSE;
- if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created
+ if ((htab->root.dynamic_sections_created || h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
&& h->plt.refcount > 0)
{
/* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
return FALSE;
}
+ /* If the call in the PLT entry binds locally, the associated
+ GOT entry should use an R_ARM_IRELATIVE relocation instead of
+ the usual R_ARM_JUMP_SLOT. Put it in the .iplt section rather
+ than the .plt section. */
+ if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC && SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
+ {
+ eh->is_iplt = 1;
+ if (eh->plt.noncall_refcount == 0
+ && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
+ /* All non-call references can be resolved directly.
+ This means that they can (and in some cases, must)
+ resolve directly to the run-time target, rather than
+ to the PLT. That in turns means that any .got entry
+ would be equal to the .igot.plt entry, so there's
+ no point having both. */
+ h->got.refcount = 0;
+ }
+
if (info->shared
+ || eh->is_iplt
|| WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (1, 0, h))
{
- asection *s = htab->splt;
-
- /* If this is the first .plt entry, make room for the special
- first entry. */
- if (s->size == 0)
- s->size += htab->plt_header_size;
-
- h->plt.offset = s->size;
-
- /* If we will insert a Thumb trampoline before this PLT, leave room
- for it. */
- thumb_refs = eh->plt_thumb_refcount;
- if (!htab->use_blx)
- thumb_refs += eh->plt_maybe_thumb_refcount;
-
- if (thumb_refs > 0)
- {
- h->plt.offset += PLT_THUMB_STUB_SIZE;
- s->size += PLT_THUMB_STUB_SIZE;
- }
+ elf32_arm_allocate_plt_entry (info, eh->is_iplt, &h->plt, &eh->plt);
/* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, and we are
not generating a shared library, then set the symbol to this
if (! info->shared
&& !h->def_regular)
{
- h->root.u.def.section = s;
+ h->root.u.def.section = htab->root.splt;
h->root.u.def.value = h->plt.offset;
/* Make sure the function is not marked as Thumb, in case
it is the target of an ABS32 relocation, which will
point to the PLT entry. */
- if (ELF_ST_TYPE (h->type) == STT_ARM_TFUNC)
- h->type = ELF_ST_INFO (ELF_ST_BIND (h->type), STT_FUNC);
- }
-
- /* Make room for this entry. */
- s->size += htab->plt_entry_size;
-
- if (!htab->symbian_p)
- {
- /* We also need to make an entry in the .got.plt section, which
- will be placed in the .got section by the linker script. */
- eh->plt_got_offset = htab->sgotplt->size;
- htab->sgotplt->size += 4;
+ h->target_internal = ST_BRANCH_TO_ARM;
}
- /* We also need to make an entry in the .rel(a).plt section. */
- htab->srelplt->size += RELOC_SIZE (htab);
+ htab->next_tls_desc_index++;
/* VxWorks executables have a second set of relocations for
each PLT entry. They go in a separate relocation section,
/* There is a relocation for the initial PLT entry:
an R_ARM_32 relocation for _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
if (h->plt.offset == htab->plt_header_size)
- htab->srelplt2->size += RELOC_SIZE (htab);
+ elf32_arm_allocate_dynrelocs (info, htab->srelplt2, 1);
/* There are two extra relocations for each subsequent
PLT entry: an R_ARM_32 relocation for the GOT entry,
and an R_ARM_32 relocation for the PLT entry. */
- htab->srelplt2->size += RELOC_SIZE (htab) * 2;
+ elf32_arm_allocate_dynrelocs (info, htab->srelplt2, 2);
}
}
else
h->needs_plt = 0;
}
+ eh = (struct elf32_arm_link_hash_entry *) h;
+ eh->tlsdesc_got = (bfd_vma) -1;
+
if (h->got.refcount > 0)
{
asection *s;
if (!htab->symbian_p)
{
- s = htab->sgot;
+ s = htab->root.sgot;
h->got.offset = s->size;
if (tls_type == GOT_UNKNOWN)
s->size += 4;
else
{
+ if (tls_type & GOT_TLS_GDESC)
+ {
+ /* R_ARM_TLS_DESC needs 2 GOT slots. */
+ eh->tlsdesc_got
+ = (htab->root.sgotplt->size
+ - elf32_arm_compute_jump_table_size (htab));
+ htab->root.sgotplt->size += 8;
+ h->got.offset = (bfd_vma) -2;
+ /* plt.got_offset needs to know there's a TLS_DESC
+ reloc in the middle of .got.plt. */
+ htab->num_tls_desc++;
+ }
+
if (tls_type & GOT_TLS_GD)
- /* R_ARM_TLS_GD32 needs 2 consecutive GOT slots. */
- s->size += 8;
+ {
+ /* R_ARM_TLS_GD32 needs 2 consecutive GOT slots. If
+ the symbol is both GD and GDESC, got.offset may
+ have been overwritten. */
+ h->got.offset = s->size;
+ s->size += 8;
+ }
+
if (tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE)
/* R_ARM_TLS_IE32 needs one GOT slot. */
s->size += 4;
|| h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
{
if (tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE)
- htab->srelgot->size += RELOC_SIZE (htab);
+ elf32_arm_allocate_dynrelocs (info, htab->root.srelgot, 1);
if (tls_type & GOT_TLS_GD)
- htab->srelgot->size += RELOC_SIZE (htab);
+ elf32_arm_allocate_dynrelocs (info, htab->root.srelgot, 1);
+
+ if (tls_type & GOT_TLS_GDESC)
+ {
+ elf32_arm_allocate_dynrelocs (info, htab->root.srelplt, 1);
+ /* GDESC needs a trampoline to jump to. */
+ htab->tls_trampoline = -1;
+ }
- if ((tls_type & GOT_TLS_GD) && indx != 0)
- htab->srelgot->size += RELOC_SIZE (htab);
+ /* Only GD needs it. GDESC just emits one relocation per
+ 2 entries. */
+ if ((tls_type & GOT_TLS_GD) && indx != 0)
+ elf32_arm_allocate_dynrelocs (info, htab->root.srelgot, 1);
+ }
+ else if (!SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
+ {
+ if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)
+ /* Reserve room for the GOT entry's R_ARM_GLOB_DAT relocation. */
+ elf32_arm_allocate_dynrelocs (info, htab->root.srelgot, 1);
}
- else if ((ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
- || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
- && (info->shared
- || WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, 0, h)))
- htab->srelgot->size += RELOC_SIZE (htab);
+ else if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
+ && eh->plt.noncall_refcount == 0)
+ /* No non-call references resolve the STT_GNU_IFUNC's PLT entry;
+ they all resolve dynamically instead. Reserve room for the
+ GOT entry's R_ARM_IRELATIVE relocation. */
+ elf32_arm_allocate_irelocs (info, htab->root.srelgot, 1);
+ else if (info->shared)
+ /* Reserve room for the GOT entry's R_ARM_RELATIVE relocation. */
+ elf32_arm_allocate_dynrelocs (info, htab->root.srelgot, 1);
}
}
else
/* Allocate stubs for exported Thumb functions on v4t. */
if (!htab->use_blx && h->dynindx != -1
&& h->def_regular
- && ELF_ST_TYPE (h->type) == STT_ARM_TFUNC
+ && h->target_internal == ST_BRANCH_TO_THUMB
&& ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT)
{
struct elf_link_hash_entry * th;
NULL, TRUE, FALSE, &bh);
myh = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
- myh->type = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_ARM_TFUNC);
+ myh->type = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_FUNC);
myh->forced_local = 1;
+ myh->target_internal = ST_BRANCH_TO_THUMB;
eh->export_glue = myh;
th = record_arm_to_thumb_glue (info, h);
/* Point the symbol at the stub. */
h->type = ELF_ST_INFO (ELF_ST_BIND (h->type), STT_FUNC);
+ h->target_internal = ST_BRANCH_TO_ARM;
h->root.u.def.section = th->root.u.def.section;
h->root.u.def.value = th->root.u.def.value & ~1;
}
- if (eh->relocs_copied == NULL)
+ if (eh->dyn_relocs == NULL)
return TRUE;
/* In the shared -Bsymbolic case, discard space allocated for
should avoid writing assembly like ".long foo - .". */
if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
{
- struct elf32_arm_relocs_copied **pp;
+ struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp;
- for (pp = &eh->relocs_copied; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
+ for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
{
p->count -= p->pc_count;
p->pc_count = 0;
}
}
- if (elf32_arm_hash_table (info)->vxworks_p)
+ if (htab->vxworks_p)
{
- struct elf32_arm_relocs_copied **pp;
+ struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp;
- for (pp = &eh->relocs_copied; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
+ for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
{
- if (strcmp (p->section->output_section->name, ".tls_vars") == 0)
+ if (strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name, ".tls_vars") == 0)
*pp = p->next;
else
pp = &p->next;
/* Also discard relocs on undefined weak syms with non-default
visibility. */
- if (eh->relocs_copied != NULL
+ if (eh->dyn_relocs != NULL
&& h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
{
if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT)
- eh->relocs_copied = NULL;
+ eh->dyn_relocs = NULL;
/* Make sure undefined weak symbols are output as a dynamic
symbol in PIEs. */
goto keep;
}
- eh->relocs_copied = NULL;
+ eh->dyn_relocs = NULL;
keep: ;
}
/* Finally, allocate space. */
- for (p = eh->relocs_copied; p != NULL; p = p->next)
+ for (p = eh->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
{
- asection *sreloc = elf_section_data (p->section)->sreloc;
- sreloc->size += p->count * RELOC_SIZE (htab);
+ asection *sreloc = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc;
+ if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
+ && eh->plt.noncall_refcount == 0
+ && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
+ elf32_arm_allocate_irelocs (info, sreloc, p->count);
+ else
+ elf32_arm_allocate_dynrelocs (info, sreloc, p->count);
}
return TRUE;
elf32_arm_readonly_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry * h, void * inf)
{
struct elf32_arm_link_hash_entry * eh;
- struct elf32_arm_relocs_copied * p;
-
- if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
- h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
+ struct elf_dyn_relocs * p;
eh = (struct elf32_arm_link_hash_entry *) h;
- for (p = eh->relocs_copied; p != NULL; p = p->next)
+ for (p = eh->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
{
- asection *s = p->section;
+ asection *s = p->sec;
if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
{
struct elf32_arm_link_hash_table *globals;
globals = elf32_arm_hash_table (info);
+ if (globals == NULL)
+ return;
+
globals->byteswap_code = byteswap_code;
}
struct elf32_arm_link_hash_table *htab;
htab = elf32_arm_hash_table (info);
+ if (htab == NULL)
+ return FALSE;
+
dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL);
check_use_blx (htab);
{
bfd_signed_vma *local_got;
bfd_signed_vma *end_local_got;
+ struct arm_local_iplt_info **local_iplt_ptr, *local_iplt;
char *local_tls_type;
+ bfd_vma *local_tlsdesc_gotent;
bfd_size_type locsymcount;
Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
asection *srel;
- bfd_boolean is_vxworks = elf32_arm_hash_table (info)->vxworks_p;
+ bfd_boolean is_vxworks = htab->vxworks_p;
+ unsigned int symndx;
if (! is_arm_elf (ibfd))
continue;
for (s = ibfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
{
- struct elf32_arm_relocs_copied *p;
+ struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
- for (p = elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel; p != NULL; p = p->next)
+ for (p = (struct elf_dyn_relocs *)
+ elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel; p != NULL; p = p->next)
{
- if (!bfd_is_abs_section (p->section)
- && bfd_is_abs_section (p->section->output_section))
+ if (!bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec)
+ && bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec->output_section))
{
/* Input section has been discarded, either because
it is a copy of a linkonce section or due to
the relocs too. */
}
else if (is_vxworks
- && strcmp (p->section->output_section->name,
+ && strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name,
".tls_vars") == 0)
{
/* Relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections are
}
else if (p->count != 0)
{
- srel = elf_section_data (p->section)->sreloc;
- srel->size += p->count * RELOC_SIZE (htab);
- if ((p->section->output_section->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
+ srel = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc;
+ elf32_arm_allocate_dynrelocs (info, srel, p->count);
+ if ((p->sec->output_section->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
}
}
symtab_hdr = & elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
locsymcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
end_local_got = local_got + locsymcount;
+ local_iplt_ptr = elf32_arm_local_iplt (ibfd);
local_tls_type = elf32_arm_local_got_tls_type (ibfd);
- s = htab->sgot;
- srel = htab->srelgot;
- for (; local_got < end_local_got; ++local_got, ++local_tls_type)
+ local_tlsdesc_gotent = elf32_arm_local_tlsdesc_gotent (ibfd);
+ symndx = 0;
+ s = htab->root.sgot;
+ srel = htab->root.srelgot;
+ for (; local_got < end_local_got;
+ ++local_got, ++local_iplt_ptr, ++local_tls_type,
+ ++local_tlsdesc_gotent, ++symndx)
{
+ *local_tlsdesc_gotent = (bfd_vma) -1;
+ local_iplt = *local_iplt_ptr;
+ if (local_iplt != NULL)
+ {
+ struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
+
+ if (local_iplt->root.refcount > 0)
+ {
+ elf32_arm_allocate_plt_entry (info, TRUE,
+ &local_iplt->root,
+ &local_iplt->arm);
+ if (local_iplt->arm.noncall_refcount == 0)
+ /* All references to the PLT are calls, so all
+ non-call references can resolve directly to the
+ run-time target. This means that the .got entry
+ would be the same as the .igot.plt entry, so there's
+ no point creating both. */
+ *local_got = 0;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ BFD_ASSERT (local_iplt->arm.noncall_refcount == 0);
+ local_iplt->root.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
+ }
+
+ for (p = local_iplt->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
+ {
+ asection *psrel;
+
+ psrel = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc;
+ if (local_iplt->arm.noncall_refcount == 0)
+ elf32_arm_allocate_irelocs (info, psrel, p->count);
+ else
+ elf32_arm_allocate_dynrelocs (info, psrel, p->count);
+ }
+ }
if (*local_got > 0)
{
+ Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
+
*local_got = s->size;
if (*local_tls_type & GOT_TLS_GD)
/* TLS_GD relocs need an 8-byte structure in the GOT. */
s->size += 8;
+ if (*local_tls_type & GOT_TLS_GDESC)
+ {
+ *local_tlsdesc_gotent = htab->root.sgotplt->size
+ - elf32_arm_compute_jump_table_size (htab);
+ htab->root.sgotplt->size += 8;
+ *local_got = (bfd_vma) -2;
+ /* plt.got_offset needs to know there's a TLS_DESC
+ reloc in the middle of .got.plt. */
+ htab->num_tls_desc++;
+ }
if (*local_tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE)
s->size += 4;
- if (*local_tls_type == GOT_NORMAL)
- s->size += 4;
- if (info->shared || *local_tls_type == GOT_TLS_GD)
- srel->size += RELOC_SIZE (htab);
+ if (*local_tls_type & GOT_NORMAL)
+ {
+ /* If the symbol is both GD and GDESC, *local_got
+ may have been overwritten. */
+ *local_got = s->size;
+ s->size += 4;
+ }
+
+ isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->sym_cache, ibfd, symndx);
+ if (isym == NULL)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ /* If all references to an STT_GNU_IFUNC PLT are calls,
+ then all non-call references, including this GOT entry,
+ resolve directly to the run-time target. */
+ if (ELF32_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
+ && (local_iplt == NULL
+ || local_iplt->arm.noncall_refcount == 0))
+ elf32_arm_allocate_irelocs (info, srel, 1);
+ else if ((info->shared && !(*local_tls_type & GOT_TLS_GDESC))
+ || *local_tls_type & GOT_TLS_GD)
+ elf32_arm_allocate_dynrelocs (info, srel, 1);
+
+ if (info->shared && *local_tls_type & GOT_TLS_GDESC)
+ {
+ elf32_arm_allocate_dynrelocs (info, htab->root.srelplt, 1);
+ htab->tls_trampoline = -1;
+ }
}
else
*local_got = (bfd_vma) -1;
{
/* Allocate two GOT entries and one dynamic relocation (if necessary)
for R_ARM_TLS_LDM32 relocations. */
- htab->tls_ldm_got.offset = htab->sgot->size;
- htab->sgot->size += 8;
+ htab->tls_ldm_got.offset = htab->root.sgot->size;
+ htab->root.sgot->size += 8;
if (info->shared)
- htab->srelgot->size += RELOC_SIZE (htab);
+ elf32_arm_allocate_dynrelocs (info, htab->root.srelgot, 1);
}
else
htab->tls_ldm_got.offset = -1;
/* Allocate global sym .plt and .got entries, and space for global
sym dynamic relocs. */
- elf_link_hash_traverse (& htab->root, allocate_dynrelocs, info);
+ elf_link_hash_traverse (& htab->root, allocate_dynrelocs_for_symbol, info);
/* Here we rummage through the found bfds to collect glue information. */
for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link_next)
ibfd->filename);
}
+ /* Allocate space for the glue sections now that we've sized them. */
+ bfd_elf32_arm_allocate_interworking_sections (info);
+
+ /* For every jump slot reserved in the sgotplt, reloc_count is
+ incremented. However, when we reserve space for TLS descriptors,
+ it's not incremented, so in order to compute the space reserved
+ for them, it suffices to multiply the reloc count by the jump
+ slot size. */
+ if (htab->root.srelplt)
+ htab->sgotplt_jump_table_size = elf32_arm_compute_jump_table_size(htab);
+
+ if (htab->tls_trampoline)
+ {
+ if (htab->root.splt->size == 0)
+ htab->root.splt->size += htab->plt_header_size;
+
+ htab->tls_trampoline = htab->root.splt->size;
+ htab->root.splt->size += htab->plt_entry_size;
+
+ /* If we're not using lazy TLS relocations, don't generate the
+ PLT and GOT entries they require. */
+ if (!(info->flags & DF_BIND_NOW))
+ {
+ htab->dt_tlsdesc_got = htab->root.sgot->size;
+ htab->root.sgot->size += 4;
+
+ htab->dt_tlsdesc_plt = htab->root.splt->size;
+ htab->root.splt->size += 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (dl_tlsdesc_lazy_trampoline);
+ }
+ }
+
/* The check_relocs and adjust_dynamic_symbol entry points have
determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections. Allocate
memory for them. */
of the dynobj section names depend upon the input files. */
name = bfd_get_section_name (dynobj, s);
- if (strcmp (name, ".plt") == 0)
+ if (s == htab->root.splt)
{
/* Remember whether there is a PLT. */
plt = s->size != 0;
{
/* Remember whether there are any reloc sections other
than .rel(a).plt and .rela.plt.unloaded. */
- if (s != htab->srelplt && s != htab->srelplt2)
+ if (s != htab->root.srelplt && s != htab->srelplt2)
relocs = TRUE;
/* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
s->reloc_count = 0;
}
}
- else if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".got")
- && strcmp (name, ".dynbss") != 0)
+ else if (s != htab->root.sgot
+ && s != htab->root.sgotplt
+ && s != htab->root.iplt
+ && s != htab->root.igotplt
+ && s != htab->sdynbss)
{
/* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
continue;
continue;
/* Allocate memory for the section contents. */
- s->contents = bfd_zalloc (dynobj, s->size);
+ s->contents = (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (dynobj, s->size);
if (s->contents == NULL)
return FALSE;
}
htab->use_rel ? DT_REL : DT_RELA)
|| !add_dynamic_entry (DT_JMPREL, 0))
return FALSE;
+
+ if (htab->dt_tlsdesc_plt &&
+ (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_TLSDESC_PLT,0)
+ || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_TLSDESC_GOT,0)))
+ return FALSE;
}
if (relocs)
return TRUE;
}
+/* Size sections even though they're not dynamic. We use it to setup
+ _TLS_MODULE_BASE_, if needed. */
+
+static bfd_boolean
+elf32_arm_always_size_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
+ struct bfd_link_info *info)
+{
+ asection *tls_sec;
+
+ if (info->relocatable)
+ return TRUE;
+
+ tls_sec = elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec;
+
+ if (tls_sec)
+ {
+ struct elf_link_hash_entry *tlsbase;
+
+ tlsbase = elf_link_hash_lookup
+ (elf_hash_table (info), "_TLS_MODULE_BASE_", TRUE, TRUE, FALSE);
+
+ if (tlsbase)
+ {
+ struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh = NULL;
+ const struct elf_backend_data *bed
+ = get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd);
+
+ if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
+ (info, output_bfd, "_TLS_MODULE_BASE_", BSF_LOCAL,
+ tls_sec, 0, NULL, FALSE,
+ bed->collect, &bh)))
+ return FALSE;
+
+ tlsbase->type = STT_TLS;
+ tlsbase = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *)bh;
+ tlsbase->def_regular = 1;
+ tlsbase->other = STV_HIDDEN;
+ (*bed->elf_backend_hide_symbol) (info, tlsbase, TRUE);
+ }
+ }
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
/* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
dynamic sections here. */
struct elf_link_hash_entry * h,
Elf_Internal_Sym * sym)
{
- bfd * dynobj;
struct elf32_arm_link_hash_table *htab;
struct elf32_arm_link_hash_entry *eh;
- dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
htab = elf32_arm_hash_table (info);
+ if (htab == NULL)
+ return FALSE;
+
eh = (struct elf32_arm_link_hash_entry *) h;
if (h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
{
- asection * splt;
- asection * srel;
- bfd_byte *loc;
- bfd_vma plt_index;
- Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
-
- /* This symbol has an entry in the procedure linkage table. Set
- it up. */
-
- BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
-
- splt = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".plt");
- srel = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, RELOC_SECTION (htab, ".plt"));
- BFD_ASSERT (splt != NULL && srel != NULL);
-
- /* Fill in the entry in the procedure linkage table. */
- if (htab->symbian_p)
- {
- put_arm_insn (htab, output_bfd,
- elf32_arm_symbian_plt_entry[0],
- splt->contents + h->plt.offset);
- bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
- elf32_arm_symbian_plt_entry[1],
- splt->contents + h->plt.offset + 4);
-
- /* Fill in the entry in the .rel.plt section. */
- rel.r_offset = (splt->output_section->vma
- + splt->output_offset
- + h->plt.offset + 4);
- rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_ARM_GLOB_DAT);
-
- /* Get the index in the procedure linkage table which
- corresponds to this symbol. This is the index of this symbol
- in all the symbols for which we are making plt entries. The
- first entry in the procedure linkage table is reserved. */
- plt_index = ((h->plt.offset - htab->plt_header_size)
- / htab->plt_entry_size);
- }
- else
+ if (!eh->is_iplt)
{
- bfd_vma got_offset, got_address, plt_address;
- bfd_vma got_displacement;
- asection * sgot;
- bfd_byte * ptr;
-
- sgot = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".got.plt");
- BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL);
-
- /* Get the offset into the .got.plt table of the entry that
- corresponds to this function. */
- got_offset = eh->plt_got_offset;
-
- /* Get the index in the procedure linkage table which
- corresponds to this symbol. This is the index of this symbol
- in all the symbols for which we are making plt entries. The
- first three entries in .got.plt are reserved; after that
- symbols appear in the same order as in .plt. */
- plt_index = (got_offset - 12) / 4;
-
- /* Calculate the address of the GOT entry. */
- got_address = (sgot->output_section->vma
- + sgot->output_offset
- + got_offset);
-
- /* ...and the address of the PLT entry. */
- plt_address = (splt->output_section->vma
- + splt->output_offset
- + h->plt.offset);
-
- ptr = htab->splt->contents + h->plt.offset;
- if (htab->vxworks_p && info->shared)
- {
- unsigned int i;
- bfd_vma val;
-
- for (i = 0; i != htab->plt_entry_size / 4; i++, ptr += 4)
- {
- val = elf32_arm_vxworks_shared_plt_entry[i];
- if (i == 2)
- val |= got_address - sgot->output_section->vma;
- if (i == 5)
- val |= plt_index * RELOC_SIZE (htab);
- if (i == 2 || i == 5)
- bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, val, ptr);
- else
- put_arm_insn (htab, output_bfd, val, ptr);
- }
- }
- else if (htab->vxworks_p)
- {
- unsigned int i;
- bfd_vma val;
-
- for (i = 0; i != htab->plt_entry_size / 4; i++, ptr += 4)
- {
- val = elf32_arm_vxworks_exec_plt_entry[i];
- if (i == 2)
- val |= got_address;
- if (i == 4)
- val |= 0xffffff & -((h->plt.offset + i * 4 + 8) >> 2);
- if (i == 5)
- val |= plt_index * RELOC_SIZE (htab);
- if (i == 2 || i == 5)
- bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, val, ptr);
- else
- put_arm_insn (htab, output_bfd, val, ptr);
- }
-
- loc = (htab->srelplt2->contents
- + (plt_index * 2 + 1) * RELOC_SIZE (htab));
-
- /* Create the .rela.plt.unloaded R_ARM_ABS32 relocation
- referencing the GOT for this PLT entry. */
- rel.r_offset = plt_address + 8;
- rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_ARM_ABS32);
- rel.r_addend = got_offset;
- SWAP_RELOC_OUT (htab) (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
- loc += RELOC_SIZE (htab);
-
- /* Create the R_ARM_ABS32 relocation referencing the
- beginning of the PLT for this GOT entry. */
- rel.r_offset = got_address;
- rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hplt->indx, R_ARM_ABS32);
- rel.r_addend = 0;
- SWAP_RELOC_OUT (htab) (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
- }
- else
- {
- bfd_signed_vma thumb_refs;
- /* Calculate the displacement between the PLT slot and the
- entry in the GOT. The eight-byte offset accounts for the
- value produced by adding to pc in the first instruction
- of the PLT stub. */
- got_displacement = got_address - (plt_address + 8);
-
- BFD_ASSERT ((got_displacement & 0xf0000000) == 0);
-
- thumb_refs = eh->plt_thumb_refcount;
- if (!htab->use_blx)
- thumb_refs += eh->plt_maybe_thumb_refcount;
-
- if (thumb_refs > 0)
- {
- put_thumb_insn (htab, output_bfd,
- elf32_arm_plt_thumb_stub[0], ptr - 4);
- put_thumb_insn (htab, output_bfd,
- elf32_arm_plt_thumb_stub[1], ptr - 2);
- }
-
- put_arm_insn (htab, output_bfd,
- elf32_arm_plt_entry[0]
- | ((got_displacement & 0x0ff00000) >> 20),
- ptr + 0);
- put_arm_insn (htab, output_bfd,
- elf32_arm_plt_entry[1]
- | ((got_displacement & 0x000ff000) >> 12),
- ptr+ 4);
- put_arm_insn (htab, output_bfd,
- elf32_arm_plt_entry[2]
- | (got_displacement & 0x00000fff),
- ptr + 8);
-#ifdef FOUR_WORD_PLT
- bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, elf32_arm_plt_entry[3], ptr + 12);
-#endif
- }
-
- /* Fill in the entry in the global offset table. */
- bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
- (splt->output_section->vma
- + splt->output_offset),
- sgot->contents + got_offset);
-
- /* Fill in the entry in the .rel(a).plt section. */
- rel.r_addend = 0;
- rel.r_offset = got_address;
- rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_ARM_JUMP_SLOT);
+ BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
+ elf32_arm_populate_plt_entry (output_bfd, info, &h->plt, &eh->plt,
+ h->dynindx, 0);
}
- loc = srel->contents + plt_index * RELOC_SIZE (htab);
- SWAP_RELOC_OUT (htab) (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
-
if (!h->def_regular)
{
/* Mark the symbol as undefined, rather than as defined in
if (!h->ref_regular_nonweak)
sym->st_value = 0;
}
- }
-
- if (h->got.offset != (bfd_vma) -1
- && (elf32_arm_hash_entry (h)->tls_type & GOT_TLS_GD) == 0
- && (elf32_arm_hash_entry (h)->tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE) == 0)
- {
- asection * sgot;
- asection * srel;
- Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
- bfd_byte *loc;
- bfd_vma offset;
-
- /* This symbol has an entry in the global offset table. Set it
- up. */
- sgot = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".got");
- srel = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, RELOC_SECTION (htab, ".got"));
- BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL && srel != NULL);
-
- offset = (h->got.offset & ~(bfd_vma) 1);
- rel.r_addend = 0;
- rel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
- + sgot->output_offset
- + offset);
-
- /* If this is a static link, or it is a -Bsymbolic link and the
- symbol is defined locally or was forced to be local because
- of a version file, we just want to emit a RELATIVE reloc.
- The entry in the global offset table will already have been
- initialized in the relocate_section function. */
- if (info->shared
- && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
- {
- BFD_ASSERT ((h->got.offset & 1) != 0);
- rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_ARM_RELATIVE);
- if (!htab->use_rel)
- {
- rel.r_addend = bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, sgot->contents + offset);
- bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents + offset);
- }
- }
- else
+ else if (eh->is_iplt && eh->plt.noncall_refcount != 0)
{
- BFD_ASSERT ((h->got.offset & 1) == 0);
- bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents + offset);
- rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_ARM_GLOB_DAT);
+ /* At least one non-call relocation references this .iplt entry,
+ so the .iplt entry is the function's canonical address. */
+ sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (ELF_ST_BIND (sym->st_info), STT_FUNC);
+ sym->st_target_internal = ST_BRANCH_TO_ARM;
+ sym->st_shndx = (_bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
+ (output_bfd, htab->root.iplt->output_section));
+ sym->st_value = (h->plt.offset
+ + htab->root.iplt->output_section->vma
+ + htab->root.iplt->output_offset);
}
-
- loc = srel->contents + srel->reloc_count++ * RELOC_SIZE (htab);
- SWAP_RELOC_OUT (htab) (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
}
if (h->needs_copy)
{
asection * s;
Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
- bfd_byte *loc;
/* This symbol needs a copy reloc. Set it up. */
BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1
&& (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
|| h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak));
- s = bfd_get_section_by_name (h->root.u.def.section->owner,
- RELOC_SECTION (htab, ".bss"));
+ s = htab->srelbss;
BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
rel.r_addend = 0;
+ h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
+ h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_ARM_COPY);
- loc = s->contents + s->reloc_count++ * RELOC_SIZE (htab);
- SWAP_RELOC_OUT (htab) (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
+ elf32_arm_add_dynreloc (output_bfd, info, s, &rel);
}
/* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute. On VxWorks,
|| (!htab->vxworks_p && h == htab->root.hgot))
sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
- return TRUE;
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+static void
+arm_put_trampoline (struct elf32_arm_link_hash_table *htab, bfd *output_bfd,
+ void *contents,
+ const unsigned long *template, unsigned count)
+{
+ unsigned ix;
+
+ for (ix = 0; ix != count; ix++)
+ {
+ unsigned long insn = template[ix];
+
+ /* Emit mov pc,rx if bx is not permitted. */
+ if (htab->fix_v4bx == 1 && (insn & 0x0ffffff0) == 0x012fff10)
+ insn = (insn & 0xf000000f) | 0x01a0f000;
+ put_arm_insn (htab, output_bfd, insn, (char *)contents + ix*4);
+ }
}
/* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
bfd * dynobj;
asection * sgot;
asection * sdyn;
+ struct elf32_arm_link_hash_table *htab;
+
+ htab = elf32_arm_hash_table (info);
+ if (htab == NULL)
+ return FALSE;
dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
- sgot = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".got.plt");
- BFD_ASSERT (elf32_arm_hash_table (info)->symbian_p || sgot != NULL);
+ sgot = htab->root.sgotplt;
+ /* A broken linker script might have discarded the dynamic sections.
+ Catch this here so that we do not seg-fault later on. */
+ if (sgot != NULL && bfd_is_abs_section (sgot->output_section))
+ return FALSE;
sdyn = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".dynamic");
if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
{
asection *splt;
Elf32_External_Dyn *dyncon, *dynconend;
- struct elf32_arm_link_hash_table *htab;
- htab = elf32_arm_hash_table (info);
- splt = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".plt");
+ splt = htab->root.splt;
BFD_ASSERT (splt != NULL && sdyn != NULL);
+ BFD_ASSERT (htab->symbian_p || sgot != NULL);
dyncon = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) sdyn->contents;
dynconend = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) (sdyn->contents + sdyn->size);
break;
case DT_PLTRELSZ:
- s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd,
- RELOC_SECTION (htab, ".plt"));
+ s = htab->root.srelplt;
BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
dyn.d_un.d_val = s->size;
bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
the linker script arranges for .rel(a).plt to follow all
other relocation sections, we don't have to worry
about changing the DT_REL entry. */
- s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd,
- RELOC_SECTION (htab, ".plt"));
+ s = htab->root.srelplt;
if (s != NULL)
dyn.d_un.d_val -= s->size;
bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
}
break;
+ case DT_TLSDESC_PLT:
+ s = htab->root.splt;
+ dyn.d_un.d_ptr = (s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset
+ + htab->dt_tlsdesc_plt);
+ bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
+ break;
+
+ case DT_TLSDESC_GOT:
+ s = htab->root.sgot;
+ dyn.d_un.d_ptr = (s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset
+ + htab->dt_tlsdesc_got);
+ bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
+ break;
+
/* Set the bottom bit of DT_INIT/FINI if the
corresponding function is Thumb. */
case DT_INIT:
eh = elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info), name,
FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
- if (eh != NULL
- && ELF_ST_TYPE (eh->type) == STT_ARM_TFUNC)
+ if (eh != NULL && eh->target_internal == ST_BRANCH_TO_THUMB)
{
dyn.d_un.d_val |= 1;
bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
}
/* Fill in the first entry in the procedure linkage table. */
- if (splt->size > 0 && elf32_arm_hash_table (info)->plt_header_size)
+ if (splt->size > 0 && htab->plt_header_size)
{
const bfd_vma *plt0_entry;
bfd_vma got_address, plt_address, got_displacement;
if (splt->output_section->owner == output_bfd)
elf_section_data (splt->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 4;
- if (htab->vxworks_p && !info->shared && htab->splt->size > 0)
+ if (htab->dt_tlsdesc_plt)
+ {
+ bfd_vma got_address
+ = sgot->output_section->vma + sgot->output_offset;
+ bfd_vma gotplt_address = (htab->root.sgot->output_section->vma
+ + htab->root.sgot->output_offset);
+ bfd_vma plt_address
+ = splt->output_section->vma + splt->output_offset;
+
+ arm_put_trampoline (htab, output_bfd,
+ splt->contents + htab->dt_tlsdesc_plt,
+ dl_tlsdesc_lazy_trampoline, 6);
+
+ bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
+ gotplt_address + htab->dt_tlsdesc_got
+ - (plt_address + htab->dt_tlsdesc_plt)
+ - dl_tlsdesc_lazy_trampoline[6],
+ splt->contents + htab->dt_tlsdesc_plt + 24);
+ bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
+ got_address - (plt_address + htab->dt_tlsdesc_plt)
+ - dl_tlsdesc_lazy_trampoline[7],
+ splt->contents + htab->dt_tlsdesc_plt + 24 + 4);
+ }
+
+ if (htab->tls_trampoline)
+ {
+ arm_put_trampoline (htab, output_bfd,
+ splt->contents + htab->tls_trampoline,
+ tls_trampoline, 3);
+#ifdef FOUR_WORD_PLT
+ bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 0x00000000,
+ splt->contents + htab->tls_trampoline + 12);
+#endif
+ }
+
+ if (htab->vxworks_p && !info->shared && htab->root.splt->size > 0)
{
/* Correct the .rel(a).plt.unloaded relocations. They will have
incorrect symbol indexes. */
int num_plts;
unsigned char *p;
- num_plts = ((htab->splt->size - htab->plt_header_size)
+ num_plts = ((htab->root.splt->size - htab->plt_header_size)
/ htab->plt_entry_size);
p = htab->srelplt2->contents + RELOC_SIZE (htab);
if (link_info)
{
globals = elf32_arm_hash_table (link_info);
- if (globals->byteswap_code)
+ if (globals != NULL && globals->byteswap_code)
i_ehdrp->e_flags |= EF_ARM_BE8;
}
}
}
}
-/* Set the right machine number for an Arm ELF file. */
-
-static bfd_boolean
-elf32_arm_section_flags (flagword *flags, const Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr)
-{
- if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOTE)
- *flags |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_CONTENTS;
-
- return TRUE;
-}
-
static void
elf32_arm_final_write_processing (bfd *abfd, bfd_boolean linker ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
{
return TRUE;
}
-/* A structure used to record a list of sections, independently
- of the next and prev fields in the asection structure. */
-typedef struct section_list
-{
- asection * sec;
- struct section_list * next;
- struct section_list * prev;
-}
-section_list;
-
-/* Unfortunately we need to keep a list of sections for which
- an _arm_elf_section_data structure has been allocated. This
- is because it is possible for functions like elf32_arm_write_section
- to be called on a section which has had an elf_data_structure
- allocated for it (and so the used_by_bfd field is valid) but
- for which the ARM extended version of this structure - the
- _arm_elf_section_data structure - has not been allocated. */
-static section_list * sections_with_arm_elf_section_data = NULL;
-
-static void
-record_section_with_arm_elf_section_data (asection * sec)
-{
- struct section_list * entry;
-
- entry = bfd_malloc (sizeof (* entry));
- if (entry == NULL)
- return;
- entry->sec = sec;
- entry->next = sections_with_arm_elf_section_data;
- entry->prev = NULL;
- if (entry->next != NULL)
- entry->next->prev = entry;
- sections_with_arm_elf_section_data = entry;
-}
-
-static struct section_list *
-find_arm_elf_section_entry (asection * sec)
-{
- struct section_list * entry;
- static struct section_list * last_entry = NULL;
-
- /* This is a short cut for the typical case where the sections are added
- to the sections_with_arm_elf_section_data list in forward order and
- then looked up here in backwards order. This makes a real difference
- to the ld-srec/sec64k.exp linker test. */
- entry = sections_with_arm_elf_section_data;
- if (last_entry != NULL)
- {
- if (last_entry->sec == sec)
- entry = last_entry;
- else if (last_entry->next != NULL
- && last_entry->next->sec == sec)
- entry = last_entry->next;
- }
-
- for (; entry; entry = entry->next)
- if (entry->sec == sec)
- break;
-
- if (entry)
- /* Record the entry prior to this one - it is the entry we are most
- likely to want to locate next time. Also this way if we have been
- called from unrecord_section_with_arm_elf_section_data() we will not
- be caching a pointer that is about to be freed. */
- last_entry = entry->prev;
-
- return entry;
-}
-
static _arm_elf_section_data *
get_arm_elf_section_data (asection * sec)
{
- struct section_list * entry;
-
- entry = find_arm_elf_section_entry (sec);
-
- if (entry)
- return elf32_arm_section_data (entry->sec);
+ if (sec && sec->owner && is_arm_elf (sec->owner))
+ return elf32_arm_section_data (sec);
else
return NULL;
}
-static void
-unrecord_section_with_arm_elf_section_data (asection * sec)
-{
- struct section_list * entry;
-
- entry = find_arm_elf_section_entry (sec);
-
- if (entry)
- {
- if (entry->prev != NULL)
- entry->prev->next = entry->next;
- if (entry->next != NULL)
- entry->next->prev = entry->prev;
- if (entry == sections_with_arm_elf_section_data)
- sections_with_arm_elf_section_data = entry->next;
- free (entry);
- }
-}
-
-
typedef struct
{
void *finfo;
struct bfd_link_info *info;
asection *sec;
int sec_shndx;
- bfd_boolean (*func) (void *, const char *, Elf_Internal_Sym *,
- asection *, struct elf_link_hash_entry *);
+ int (*func) (void *, const char *, Elf_Internal_Sym *,
+ asection *, struct elf_link_hash_entry *);
} output_arch_syminfo;
enum map_symbol_type
bfd_vma offset)
{
static const char *names[3] = {"$a", "$t", "$d"};
- struct elf32_arm_link_hash_table *htab;
Elf_Internal_Sym sym;
- htab = elf32_arm_hash_table (osi->info);
sym.st_value = osi->sec->output_section->vma
+ osi->sec->output_offset
+ offset;
sym.st_other = 0;
sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_NOTYPE);
sym.st_shndx = osi->sec_shndx;
- if (!osi->func (osi->finfo, names[type], &sym, osi->sec, NULL))
- return FALSE;
- return TRUE;
+ sym.st_target_internal = 0;
+ elf32_arm_section_map_add (osi->sec, names[type][1], offset);
+ return osi->func (osi->finfo, names[type], &sym, osi->sec, NULL) == 1;
}
-
-/* Output mapping symbols for PLT entries associated with H. */
+/* Output mapping symbols for the PLT entry described by ROOT_PLT and ARM_PLT.
+ IS_IPLT_ENTRY_P says whether the PLT is in .iplt rather than .plt. */
static bfd_boolean
-elf32_arm_output_plt_map (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf)
+elf32_arm_output_plt_map_1 (output_arch_syminfo *osi,
+ bfd_boolean is_iplt_entry_p,
+ union gotplt_union *root_plt,
+ struct arm_plt_info *arm_plt)
{
- output_arch_syminfo *osi = (output_arch_syminfo *) inf;
struct elf32_arm_link_hash_table *htab;
- struct elf32_arm_link_hash_entry *eh;
- bfd_vma addr;
-
- htab = elf32_arm_hash_table (osi->info);
+ bfd_vma addr, plt_header_size;
- if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
+ if (root_plt->offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
return TRUE;
- if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
- /* When warning symbols are created, they **replace** the "real"
- entry in the hash table, thus we never get to see the real
- symbol in a hash traversal. So look at it now. */
- h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
+ htab = elf32_arm_hash_table (osi->info);
+ if (htab == NULL)
+ return FALSE;
- if (h->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
- return TRUE;
+ if (is_iplt_entry_p)
+ {
+ osi->sec = htab->root.iplt;
+ plt_header_size = 0;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ osi->sec = htab->root.splt;
+ plt_header_size = htab->plt_header_size;
+ }
+ osi->sec_shndx = (_bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
+ (osi->info->output_bfd, osi->sec->output_section));
- eh = (struct elf32_arm_link_hash_entry *) h;
- addr = h->plt.offset;
+ addr = root_plt->offset & -2;
if (htab->symbian_p)
{
if (!elf32_arm_output_map_sym (osi, ARM_MAP_ARM, addr))
}
else
{
- bfd_signed_vma thumb_refs;
+ bfd_boolean thumb_stub_p;
- thumb_refs = eh->plt_thumb_refcount;
- if (!htab->use_blx)
- thumb_refs += eh->plt_maybe_thumb_refcount;
-
- if (thumb_refs > 0)
+ thumb_stub_p = elf32_arm_plt_needs_thumb_stub_p (osi->info, arm_plt);
+ if (thumb_stub_p)
{
if (!elf32_arm_output_map_sym (osi, ARM_MAP_THUMB, addr - 4))
return FALSE;
/* A three-word PLT with no Thumb thunk contains only Arm code,
so only need to output a mapping symbol for the first PLT entry and
entries with thumb thunks. */
- if (thumb_refs > 0 || addr == 20)
+ if (thumb_stub_p || addr == plt_header_size)
{
if (!elf32_arm_output_map_sym (osi, ARM_MAP_ARM, addr))
return FALSE;
return TRUE;
}
+/* Output mapping symbols for PLT entries associated with H. */
+
+static bfd_boolean
+elf32_arm_output_plt_map (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf)
+{
+ output_arch_syminfo *osi = (output_arch_syminfo *) inf;
+ struct elf32_arm_link_hash_entry *eh;
+
+ if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
+ return TRUE;
+
+ if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
+ /* When warning symbols are created, they **replace** the "real"
+ entry in the hash table, thus we never get to see the real
+ symbol in a hash traversal. So look at it now. */
+ h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
+
+ eh = (struct elf32_arm_link_hash_entry *) h;
+ return elf32_arm_output_plt_map_1 (osi, SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (osi->info, h),
+ &h->plt, &eh->plt);
+}
+
/* Output a single local symbol for a generated stub. */
static bfd_boolean
elf32_arm_output_stub_sym (output_arch_syminfo *osi, const char *name,
bfd_vma offset, bfd_vma size)
{
- struct elf32_arm_link_hash_table *htab;
Elf_Internal_Sym sym;
- htab = elf32_arm_hash_table (osi->info);
sym.st_value = osi->sec->output_section->vma
+ osi->sec->output_offset
+ offset;
sym.st_other = 0;
sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_FUNC);
sym.st_shndx = osi->sec_shndx;
- if (!osi->func (osi->finfo, name, &sym, osi->sec, NULL))
- return FALSE;
- return TRUE;
+ sym.st_target_internal = 0;
+ return osi->func (osi->finfo, name, &sym, osi->sec, NULL) == 1;
}
static bfd_boolean
void * in_arg)
{
struct elf32_arm_stub_hash_entry *stub_entry;
- struct bfd_link_info *info;
- struct elf32_arm_link_hash_table *htab;
asection *stub_sec;
bfd_vma addr;
char *stub_name;
output_arch_syminfo *osi;
- const insn_sequence *template;
+ const insn_sequence *template_sequence;
enum stub_insn_type prev_type;
int size;
int i;
stub_entry = (struct elf32_arm_stub_hash_entry *) gen_entry;
osi = (output_arch_syminfo *) in_arg;
- info = osi->info;
-
- htab = elf32_arm_hash_table (info);
stub_sec = stub_entry->stub_sec;
/* Ensure this stub is attached to the current section being
addr = (bfd_vma) stub_entry->stub_offset;
stub_name = stub_entry->output_name;
- template = stub_entry->stub_template;
- switch (template[0].type)
+ template_sequence = stub_entry->stub_template;
+ switch (template_sequence[0].type)
{
case ARM_TYPE:
if (!elf32_arm_output_stub_sym (osi, stub_name, addr, stub_entry->stub_size))
return FALSE;
break;
case THUMB16_TYPE:
+ case THUMB32_TYPE:
if (!elf32_arm_output_stub_sym (osi, stub_name, addr | 1,
stub_entry->stub_size))
return FALSE;
break;
default:
BFD_FAIL ();
- return FALSE;
+ return 0;
}
prev_type = DATA_TYPE;
size = 0;
for (i = 0; i < stub_entry->stub_template_size; i++)
{
- switch (template[i].type)
+ switch (template_sequence[i].type)
{
case ARM_TYPE:
sym_type = ARM_MAP_ARM;
break;
case THUMB16_TYPE:
+ case THUMB32_TYPE:
sym_type = ARM_MAP_THUMB;
break;
return FALSE;
}
- if (template[i].type != prev_type)
+ if (template_sequence[i].type != prev_type)
{
- prev_type = template[i].type;
+ prev_type = template_sequence[i].type;
if (!elf32_arm_output_map_sym (osi, sym_type, addr + size))
return FALSE;
}
- switch (template[i].type)
+ switch (template_sequence[i].type)
{
case ARM_TYPE:
+ case THUMB32_TYPE:
size += 4;
break;
return TRUE;
}
-/* Output mapping symbols for linker generated sections. */
+/* Output mapping symbols for linker generated sections,
+ and for those data-only sections that do not have a
+ $d. */
static bfd_boolean
elf32_arm_output_arch_local_syms (bfd *output_bfd,
struct bfd_link_info *info,
void *finfo,
- bfd_boolean (*func) (void *, const char *,
- Elf_Internal_Sym *,
- asection *,
- struct elf_link_hash_entry *))
+ int (*func) (void *, const char *,
+ Elf_Internal_Sym *,
+ asection *,
+ struct elf_link_hash_entry *))
{
output_arch_syminfo osi;
struct elf32_arm_link_hash_table *htab;
bfd_vma offset;
bfd_size_type size;
+ bfd *input_bfd;
htab = elf32_arm_hash_table (info);
+ if (htab == NULL)
+ return FALSE;
+
check_use_blx (htab);
osi.finfo = finfo;
osi.info = info;
osi.func = func;
+ /* Add a $d mapping symbol to data-only sections that
+ don't have any mapping symbol. This may result in (harmless) redundant
+ mapping symbols. */
+ for (input_bfd = info->input_bfds;
+ input_bfd != NULL;
+ input_bfd = input_bfd->link_next)
+ {
+ if ((input_bfd->flags & (BFD_LINKER_CREATED | HAS_SYMS)) == HAS_SYMS)
+ for (osi.sec = input_bfd->sections;
+ osi.sec != NULL;
+ osi.sec = osi.sec->next)
+ {
+ if (osi.sec->output_section != NULL
+ && ((osi.sec->output_section->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_CODE))
+ != 0)
+ && (osi.sec->flags & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_LINKER_CREATED))
+ == SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
+ && get_arm_elf_section_data (osi.sec) != NULL
+ && get_arm_elf_section_data (osi.sec)->mapcount == 0
+ && osi.sec->size > 0
+ && (osi.sec->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0)
+ {
+ osi.sec_shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
+ (output_bfd, osi.sec->output_section);
+ if (osi.sec_shndx != (int)SHN_BAD)
+ elf32_arm_output_map_sym (&osi, ARM_MAP_DATA, 0);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
/* ARM->Thumb glue. */
if (htab->arm_glue_size > 0)
{
}
/* Finally, output mapping symbols for the PLT. */
- if (!htab->splt || htab->splt->size == 0)
- return TRUE;
-
- osi.sec_shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (output_bfd,
- htab->splt->output_section);
- osi.sec = htab->splt;
- /* Output mapping symbols for the plt header. SymbianOS does not have a
- plt header. */
- if (htab->vxworks_p)
+ if (htab->root.splt && htab->root.splt->size > 0)
{
- /* VxWorks shared libraries have no PLT header. */
- if (!info->shared)
+ osi.sec = htab->root.splt;
+ osi.sec_shndx = (_bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
+ (output_bfd, osi.sec->output_section));
+
+ /* Output mapping symbols for the plt header. SymbianOS does not have a
+ plt header. */
+ if (htab->vxworks_p)
+ {
+ /* VxWorks shared libraries have no PLT header. */
+ if (!info->shared)
+ {
+ if (!elf32_arm_output_map_sym (&osi, ARM_MAP_ARM, 0))
+ return FALSE;
+ if (!elf32_arm_output_map_sym (&osi, ARM_MAP_DATA, 12))
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (!htab->symbian_p)
{
if (!elf32_arm_output_map_sym (&osi, ARM_MAP_ARM, 0))
return FALSE;
- if (!elf32_arm_output_map_sym (&osi, ARM_MAP_DATA, 12))
+#ifndef FOUR_WORD_PLT
+ if (!elf32_arm_output_map_sym (&osi, ARM_MAP_DATA, 16))
return FALSE;
+#endif
+ }
+ }
+ if ((htab->root.splt && htab->root.splt->size > 0)
+ || (htab->root.iplt && htab->root.iplt->size > 0))
+ {
+ elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->root, elf32_arm_output_plt_map, &osi);
+ for (input_bfd = info->input_bfds;
+ input_bfd != NULL;
+ input_bfd = input_bfd->link_next)
+ {
+ struct arm_local_iplt_info **local_iplt;
+ unsigned int i, num_syms;
+
+ local_iplt = elf32_arm_local_iplt (input_bfd);
+ if (local_iplt != NULL)
+ {
+ num_syms = elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd).sh_info;
+ for (i = 0; i < num_syms; i++)
+ if (local_iplt[i] != NULL
+ && !elf32_arm_output_plt_map_1 (&osi, TRUE,
+ &local_iplt[i]->root,
+ &local_iplt[i]->arm))
+ return FALSE;
+ }
}
}
- else if (!htab->symbian_p)
+ if (htab->dt_tlsdesc_plt != 0)
{
- if (!elf32_arm_output_map_sym (&osi, ARM_MAP_ARM, 0))
+ /* Mapping symbols for the lazy tls trampoline. */
+ if (!elf32_arm_output_map_sym (&osi, ARM_MAP_ARM, htab->dt_tlsdesc_plt))
return FALSE;
-#ifndef FOUR_WORD_PLT
- if (!elf32_arm_output_map_sym (&osi, ARM_MAP_DATA, 16))
+
+ if (!elf32_arm_output_map_sym (&osi, ARM_MAP_DATA,
+ htab->dt_tlsdesc_plt + 24))
return FALSE;
-#endif
}
-
- elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->root, elf32_arm_output_plt_map, (void *) &osi);
+ if (htab->tls_trampoline != 0)
+ {
+ /* Mapping symbols for the tls trampoline. */
+ if (!elf32_arm_output_map_sym (&osi, ARM_MAP_ARM, htab->tls_trampoline))
+ return FALSE;
+#ifdef FOUR_WORD_PLT
+ if (!elf32_arm_output_map_sym (&osi, ARM_MAP_DATA,
+ htab->tls_trampoline + 12))
+ return FALSE;
+#endif
+ }
+
return TRUE;
}
_arm_elf_section_data *sdata;
bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (*sdata);
- sdata = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
+ sdata = (_arm_elf_section_data *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
if (sdata == NULL)
return FALSE;
sec->used_by_bfd = sdata;
}
- record_section_with_arm_elf_section_data (sec);
-
return _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (abfd, sec);
}
return 0;
}
+/* Add OFFSET to lower 31 bits of ADDR, leaving other bits unmodified. */
+
+static unsigned long
+offset_prel31 (unsigned long addr, bfd_vma offset)
+{
+ return (addr & ~0x7ffffffful) | ((addr + offset) & 0x7ffffffful);
+}
+
+/* Copy an .ARM.exidx table entry, adding OFFSET to (applied) PREL31
+ relocations. */
+
+static void
+copy_exidx_entry (bfd *output_bfd, bfd_byte *to, bfd_byte *from, bfd_vma offset)
+{
+ unsigned long first_word = bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, from);
+ unsigned long second_word = bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, from + 4);
+
+ /* High bit of first word is supposed to be zero. */
+ if ((first_word & 0x80000000ul) == 0)
+ first_word = offset_prel31 (first_word, offset);
+
+ /* If the high bit of the first word is clear, and the bit pattern is not 0x1
+ (EXIDX_CANTUNWIND), this is an offset to an .ARM.extab entry. */
+ if ((second_word != 0x1) && ((second_word & 0x80000000ul) == 0))
+ second_word = offset_prel31 (second_word, offset);
+
+ bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, first_word, to);
+ bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, second_word, to + 4);
+}
+
+/* Data for make_branch_to_a8_stub(). */
+
+struct a8_branch_to_stub_data {
+ asection *writing_section;
+ bfd_byte *contents;
+};
+
+
+/* Helper to insert branches to Cortex-A8 erratum stubs in the right
+ places for a particular section. */
+
+static bfd_boolean
+make_branch_to_a8_stub (struct bfd_hash_entry *gen_entry,
+ void *in_arg)
+{
+ struct elf32_arm_stub_hash_entry *stub_entry;
+ struct a8_branch_to_stub_data *data;
+ bfd_byte *contents;
+ unsigned long branch_insn;
+ bfd_vma veneered_insn_loc, veneer_entry_loc;
+ bfd_signed_vma branch_offset;
+ bfd *abfd;
+ unsigned int target;
+
+ stub_entry = (struct elf32_arm_stub_hash_entry *) gen_entry;
+ data = (struct a8_branch_to_stub_data *) in_arg;
+
+ if (stub_entry->target_section != data->writing_section
+ || stub_entry->stub_type < arm_stub_a8_veneer_lwm)
+ return TRUE;
+
+ contents = data->contents;
+
+ veneered_insn_loc = stub_entry->target_section->output_section->vma
+ + stub_entry->target_section->output_offset
+ + stub_entry->target_value;
+
+ veneer_entry_loc = stub_entry->stub_sec->output_section->vma
+ + stub_entry->stub_sec->output_offset
+ + stub_entry->stub_offset;
+
+ if (stub_entry->stub_type == arm_stub_a8_veneer_blx)
+ veneered_insn_loc &= ~3u;
+
+ branch_offset = veneer_entry_loc - veneered_insn_loc - 4;
+
+ abfd = stub_entry->target_section->owner;
+ target = stub_entry->target_value;
+
+ /* We attempt to avoid this condition by setting stubs_always_after_branch
+ in elf32_arm_size_stubs if we've enabled the Cortex-A8 erratum workaround.
+ This check is just to be on the safe side... */
+ if ((veneered_insn_loc & ~0xfff) == (veneer_entry_loc & ~0xfff))
+ {
+ (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: error: Cortex-A8 erratum stub is "
+ "allocated in unsafe location"), abfd);
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ switch (stub_entry->stub_type)
+ {
+ case arm_stub_a8_veneer_b:
+ case arm_stub_a8_veneer_b_cond:
+ branch_insn = 0xf0009000;
+ goto jump24;
+
+ case arm_stub_a8_veneer_blx:
+ branch_insn = 0xf000e800;
+ goto jump24;
+
+ case arm_stub_a8_veneer_bl:
+ {
+ unsigned int i1, j1, i2, j2, s;
+
+ branch_insn = 0xf000d000;
+
+ jump24:
+ if (branch_offset < -16777216 || branch_offset > 16777214)
+ {
+ /* There's not much we can do apart from complain if this
+ happens. */
+ (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: error: Cortex-A8 erratum stub out "
+ "of range (input file too large)"), abfd);
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ /* i1 = not(j1 eor s), so:
+ not i1 = j1 eor s
+ j1 = (not i1) eor s. */
+
+ branch_insn |= (branch_offset >> 1) & 0x7ff;
+ branch_insn |= ((branch_offset >> 12) & 0x3ff) << 16;
+ i2 = (branch_offset >> 22) & 1;
+ i1 = (branch_offset >> 23) & 1;
+ s = (branch_offset >> 24) & 1;
+ j1 = (!i1) ^ s;
+ j2 = (!i2) ^ s;
+ branch_insn |= j2 << 11;
+ branch_insn |= j1 << 13;
+ branch_insn |= s << 26;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ BFD_FAIL ();
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ bfd_put_16 (abfd, (branch_insn >> 16) & 0xffff, &contents[target]);
+ bfd_put_16 (abfd, branch_insn & 0xffff, &contents[target + 2]);
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
/* Do code byteswapping. Return FALSE afterwards so that the section is
written out as normal. */
asection *sec,
bfd_byte *contents)
{
- int mapcount, errcount;
+ unsigned int mapcount, errcount;
_arm_elf_section_data *arm_data;
struct elf32_arm_link_hash_table *globals = elf32_arm_hash_table (link_info);
elf32_arm_section_map *map;
bfd_vma end;
bfd_vma offset = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
bfd_byte tmp;
- int i;
+ unsigned int i;
+
+ if (globals == NULL)
+ return FALSE;
/* If this section has not been allocated an _arm_elf_section_data
structure then we cannot record anything. */
for (errnode = arm_data->erratumlist; errnode != 0;
errnode = errnode->next)
{
- bfd_vma index = errnode->vma - offset;
+ bfd_vma target = errnode->vma - offset;
switch (errnode->type)
{
| 0x0a000000;
/* The instruction is before the label. */
- index -= 4;
+ target -= 4;
/* Above offset included in -4 below. */
branch_to_veneer = errnode->u.b.veneer->vma
"range"), output_bfd);
insn |= (branch_to_veneer >> 2) & 0xffffff;
- contents[endianflip ^ index] = insn & 0xff;
- contents[endianflip ^ (index + 1)] = (insn >> 8) & 0xff;
- contents[endianflip ^ (index + 2)] = (insn >> 16) & 0xff;
- contents[endianflip ^ (index + 3)] = (insn >> 24) & 0xff;
+ contents[endianflip ^ target] = insn & 0xff;
+ contents[endianflip ^ (target + 1)] = (insn >> 8) & 0xff;
+ contents[endianflip ^ (target + 2)] = (insn >> 16) & 0xff;
+ contents[endianflip ^ (target + 3)] = (insn >> 24) & 0xff;
}
break;
/* Original instruction. */
insn = errnode->u.v.branch->u.b.vfp_insn;
- contents[endianflip ^ index] = insn & 0xff;
- contents[endianflip ^ (index + 1)] = (insn >> 8) & 0xff;
- contents[endianflip ^ (index + 2)] = (insn >> 16) & 0xff;
- contents[endianflip ^ (index + 3)] = (insn >> 24) & 0xff;
+ contents[endianflip ^ target] = insn & 0xff;
+ contents[endianflip ^ (target + 1)] = (insn >> 8) & 0xff;
+ contents[endianflip ^ (target + 2)] = (insn >> 16) & 0xff;
+ contents[endianflip ^ (target + 3)] = (insn >> 24) & 0xff;
/* Branch back to insn after original insn. */
insn = 0xea000000 | ((branch_from_veneer >> 2) & 0xffffff);
- contents[endianflip ^ (index + 4)] = insn & 0xff;
- contents[endianflip ^ (index + 5)] = (insn >> 8) & 0xff;
- contents[endianflip ^ (index + 6)] = (insn >> 16) & 0xff;
- contents[endianflip ^ (index + 7)] = (insn >> 24) & 0xff;
+ contents[endianflip ^ (target + 4)] = insn & 0xff;
+ contents[endianflip ^ (target + 5)] = (insn >> 8) & 0xff;
+ contents[endianflip ^ (target + 6)] = (insn >> 16) & 0xff;
+ contents[endianflip ^ (target + 7)] = (insn >> 24) & 0xff;
}
break;
}
}
+ if (arm_data->elf.this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_ARM_EXIDX)
+ {
+ arm_unwind_table_edit *edit_node
+ = arm_data->u.exidx.unwind_edit_list;
+ /* Now, sec->size is the size of the section we will write. The original
+ size (before we merged duplicate entries and inserted EXIDX_CANTUNWIND
+ markers) was sec->rawsize. (This isn't the case if we perform no
+ edits, then rawsize will be zero and we should use size). */
+ bfd_byte *edited_contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_malloc (sec->size);
+ unsigned int input_size = sec->rawsize ? sec->rawsize : sec->size;
+ unsigned int in_index, out_index;
+ bfd_vma add_to_offsets = 0;
+
+ for (in_index = 0, out_index = 0; in_index * 8 < input_size || edit_node;)
+ {
+ if (edit_node)
+ {
+ unsigned int edit_index = edit_node->index;
+
+ if (in_index < edit_index && in_index * 8 < input_size)
+ {
+ copy_exidx_entry (output_bfd, edited_contents + out_index * 8,
+ contents + in_index * 8, add_to_offsets);
+ out_index++;
+ in_index++;
+ }
+ else if (in_index == edit_index
+ || (in_index * 8 >= input_size
+ && edit_index == UINT_MAX))
+ {
+ switch (edit_node->type)
+ {
+ case DELETE_EXIDX_ENTRY:
+ in_index++;
+ add_to_offsets += 8;
+ break;
+
+ case INSERT_EXIDX_CANTUNWIND_AT_END:
+ {
+ asection *text_sec = edit_node->linked_section;
+ bfd_vma text_offset = text_sec->output_section->vma
+ + text_sec->output_offset
+ + text_sec->size;
+ bfd_vma exidx_offset = offset + out_index * 8;
+ unsigned long prel31_offset;
+
+ /* Note: this is meant to be equivalent to an
+ R_ARM_PREL31 relocation. These synthetic
+ EXIDX_CANTUNWIND markers are not relocated by the
+ usual BFD method. */
+ prel31_offset = (text_offset - exidx_offset)
+ & 0x7ffffffful;
+
+ /* First address we can't unwind. */
+ bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, prel31_offset,
+ &edited_contents[out_index * 8]);
+
+ /* Code for EXIDX_CANTUNWIND. */
+ bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 0x1,
+ &edited_contents[out_index * 8 + 4]);
+
+ out_index++;
+ add_to_offsets -= 8;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+
+ edit_node = edit_node->next;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* No more edits, copy remaining entries verbatim. */
+ copy_exidx_entry (output_bfd, edited_contents + out_index * 8,
+ contents + in_index * 8, add_to_offsets);
+ out_index++;
+ in_index++;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (!(sec->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) && !(sec->flags & SEC_NEVER_LOAD))
+ bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd, sec->output_section,
+ edited_contents,
+ (file_ptr) sec->output_offset, sec->size);
+
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+
+ /* Fix code to point to Cortex-A8 erratum stubs. */
+ if (globals->fix_cortex_a8)
+ {
+ struct a8_branch_to_stub_data data;
+
+ data.writing_section = sec;
+ data.contents = contents;
+
+ bfd_hash_traverse (&globals->stub_hash_table, make_branch_to_a8_stub,
+ &data);
+ }
+
if (mapcount == 0)
return FALSE;
}
free (map);
- arm_data->mapcount = 0;
+ arm_data->mapcount = -1;
arm_data->mapsize = 0;
arm_data->map = NULL;
- unrecord_section_with_arm_elf_section_data (sec);
return FALSE;
}
-static void
-unrecord_section_via_map_over_sections (bfd * abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
- asection * sec,
- void * ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
-{
- unrecord_section_with_arm_elf_section_data (sec);
-}
-
-static bfd_boolean
-elf32_arm_close_and_cleanup (bfd * abfd)
-{
- if (abfd->sections)
- bfd_map_over_sections (abfd,
- unrecord_section_via_map_over_sections,
- NULL);
-
- return _bfd_elf_close_and_cleanup (abfd);
-}
-
-static bfd_boolean
-elf32_arm_bfd_free_cached_info (bfd * abfd)
-{
- if (abfd->sections)
- bfd_map_over_sections (abfd,
- unrecord_section_via_map_over_sections,
- NULL);
-
- return _bfd_free_cached_info (abfd);
-}
-
-/* Display STT_ARM_TFUNC symbols as functions. */
-
-static void
-elf32_arm_symbol_processing (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
- asymbol *asym)
-{
- elf_symbol_type *elfsym = (elf_symbol_type *) asym;
-
- if (ELF_ST_TYPE (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info) == STT_ARM_TFUNC)
- elfsym->symbol.flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
-}
-
-
/* Mangle thumb function symbols as we read them in. */
static bfd_boolean
return FALSE;
/* New EABI objects mark thumb function symbols by setting the low bit of
- the address. Turn these into STT_ARM_TFUNC. */
- if ((ELF_ST_TYPE (dst->st_info) == STT_FUNC)
- && (dst->st_value & 1))
+ the address. */
+ if (ELF_ST_TYPE (dst->st_info) == STT_FUNC
+ || ELF_ST_TYPE (dst->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
+ {
+ if (dst->st_value & 1)
+ {
+ dst->st_value &= ~(bfd_vma) 1;
+ dst->st_target_internal = ST_BRANCH_TO_THUMB;
+ }
+ else
+ dst->st_target_internal = ST_BRANCH_TO_ARM;
+ }
+ else if (ELF_ST_TYPE (dst->st_info) == STT_ARM_TFUNC)
{
- dst->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (ELF_ST_BIND (dst->st_info), STT_ARM_TFUNC);
- dst->st_value &= ~(bfd_vma) 1;
+ dst->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (ELF_ST_BIND (dst->st_info), STT_FUNC);
+ dst->st_target_internal = ST_BRANCH_TO_THUMB;
}
+ else if (ELF_ST_TYPE (dst->st_info) == STT_SECTION)
+ dst->st_target_internal = ST_BRANCH_LONG;
+ else
+ dst->st_target_internal = ST_BRANCH_UNKNOWN;
+
return TRUE;
}
of the address set, as per the new EABI. We do this unconditionally
because objcopy does not set the elf header flags until after
it writes out the symbol table. */
- if (ELF_ST_TYPE (src->st_info) == STT_ARM_TFUNC)
+ if (src->st_target_internal == ST_BRANCH_TO_THUMB)
{
newsym = *src;
- newsym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (ELF_ST_BIND (src->st_info), STT_FUNC);
+ if (ELF_ST_TYPE (src->st_info) != STT_GNU_IFUNC)
+ newsym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (ELF_ST_BIND (src->st_info), STT_FUNC);
if (newsym.st_shndx != SHN_UNDEF)
{
/* Do this only for defined symbols. At link type, the static
m = m->next;
if (!m)
{
- m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (struct elf_segment_map));
+ m = (struct elf_segment_map *)
+ bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (struct elf_segment_map));
if (m == NULL)
return FALSE;
m->p_type = PT_ARM_EXIDX;
return 0;
}
-/* We have two function types: STT_FUNC and STT_ARM_TFUNC. */
+/* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object
+ file. */
static bfd_boolean
-elf32_arm_is_function_type (unsigned int type)
-{
- return (type == STT_FUNC) || (type == STT_ARM_TFUNC);
+elf32_arm_add_symbol_hook (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
+ Elf_Internal_Sym *sym, const char **namep,
+ flagword *flagsp, asection **secp, bfd_vma *valp)
+{
+ if ((abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) == 0
+ && (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
+ || ELF_ST_BIND (sym->st_info) == STB_GNU_UNIQUE))
+ elf_tdata (info->output_bfd)->has_gnu_symbols = TRUE;
+
+ if (elf32_arm_hash_table (info)->vxworks_p
+ && !elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook (abfd, info, sym, namep,
+ flagsp, secp, valp))
+ return FALSE;
+
+ return TRUE;
}
/* We use this to override swap_symbol_in and swap_symbol_out. */
};
#define ELF_ARCH bfd_arch_arm
+#define ELF_TARGET_ID ARM_ELF_DATA
#define ELF_MACHINE_CODE EM_ARM
#ifdef __QNXTARGET__
#define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x1000
#define bfd_elf32_find_inliner_info elf32_arm_find_inliner_info
#define bfd_elf32_new_section_hook elf32_arm_new_section_hook
#define bfd_elf32_bfd_is_target_special_symbol elf32_arm_is_target_special_symbol
-#define bfd_elf32_close_and_cleanup elf32_arm_close_and_cleanup
-#define bfd_elf32_bfd_free_cached_info elf32_arm_bfd_free_cached_info
+#define bfd_elf32_bfd_final_link elf32_arm_final_link
#define elf_backend_get_symbol_type elf32_arm_get_symbol_type
#define elf_backend_gc_mark_hook elf32_arm_gc_mark_hook
#define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol elf32_arm_finish_dynamic_symbol
#define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections elf32_arm_finish_dynamic_sections
#define elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections elf32_arm_size_dynamic_sections
+#define elf_backend_always_size_sections elf32_arm_always_size_sections
#define elf_backend_init_index_section _bfd_elf_init_2_index_sections
#define elf_backend_post_process_headers elf32_arm_post_process_headers
#define elf_backend_reloc_type_class elf32_arm_reloc_type_class
#define elf_backend_object_p elf32_arm_object_p
-#define elf_backend_section_flags elf32_arm_section_flags
#define elf_backend_fake_sections elf32_arm_fake_sections
#define elf_backend_section_from_shdr elf32_arm_section_from_shdr
#define elf_backend_final_write_processing elf32_arm_final_write_processing
#define elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol elf32_arm_copy_indirect_symbol
-#define elf_backend_symbol_processing elf32_arm_symbol_processing
#define elf_backend_size_info elf32_arm_size_info
#define elf_backend_modify_segment_map elf32_arm_modify_segment_map
#define elf_backend_additional_program_headers elf32_arm_additional_program_headers
#define elf_backend_output_arch_local_syms elf32_arm_output_arch_local_syms
#define elf_backend_begin_write_processing elf32_arm_begin_write_processing
-#define elf_backend_is_function_type elf32_arm_is_function_type
+#define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook elf32_arm_add_symbol_hook
#define elf_backend_can_refcount 1
#define elf_backend_can_gc_sections 1
#undef elf_backend_obj_attrs_section_type
#define elf_backend_obj_attrs_section_type SHT_ARM_ATTRIBUTES
#define elf_backend_obj_attrs_order elf32_arm_obj_attrs_order
+#define elf_backend_obj_attrs_handle_unknown elf32_arm_obj_attrs_handle_unknown
#include "elf32-target.h"
#undef bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create
#define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create elf32_arm_vxworks_link_hash_table_create
-#undef elf_backend_add_symbol_hook
-#define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook
#undef elf_backend_final_write_processing
#define elf_backend_final_write_processing elf32_arm_vxworks_final_write_processing
#undef elf_backend_emit_relocs
#include "elf32-target.h"
+/* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
+ object file when linking. */
+
+static bfd_boolean
+elf32_arm_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd * ibfd, bfd * obfd)
+{
+ flagword out_flags;
+ flagword in_flags;
+ bfd_boolean flags_compatible = TRUE;
+ asection *sec;
+
+ /* Check if we have the same endianness. */
+ if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd, obfd))
+ return FALSE;
+
+ if (! is_arm_elf (ibfd) || ! is_arm_elf (obfd))
+ return TRUE;
+
+ if (!elf32_arm_merge_eabi_attributes (ibfd, obfd))
+ return FALSE;
+
+ /* The input BFD must have had its flags initialised. */
+ /* The following seems bogus to me -- The flags are initialized in
+ the assembler but I don't think an elf_flags_init field is
+ written into the object. */
+ /* BFD_ASSERT (elf_flags_init (ibfd)); */
+
+ in_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags;
+ out_flags = elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags;
+
+ /* In theory there is no reason why we couldn't handle this. However
+ in practice it isn't even close to working and there is no real
+ reason to want it. */
+ if (EF_ARM_EABI_VERSION (in_flags) >= EF_ARM_EABI_VER4
+ && !(ibfd->flags & DYNAMIC)
+ && (in_flags & EF_ARM_BE8))
+ {
+ _bfd_error_handler (_("error: %B is already in final BE8 format"),
+ ibfd);
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ if (!elf_flags_init (obfd))
+ {
+ /* If the input is the default architecture and had the default
+ flags then do not bother setting the flags for the output
+ architecture, instead allow future merges to do this. If no
+ future merges ever set these flags then they will retain their
+ uninitialised values, which surprise surprise, correspond
+ to the default values. */
+ if (bfd_get_arch_info (ibfd)->the_default
+ && elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags == 0)
+ return TRUE;
+
+ elf_flags_init (obfd) = TRUE;
+ elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = in_flags;
+
+ if (bfd_get_arch (obfd) == bfd_get_arch (ibfd)
+ && bfd_get_arch_info (obfd)->the_default)
+ return bfd_set_arch_mach (obfd, bfd_get_arch (ibfd), bfd_get_mach (ibfd));
+
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+
+ /* Determine what should happen if the input ARM architecture
+ does not match the output ARM architecture. */
+ if (! bfd_arm_merge_machines (ibfd, obfd))
+ return FALSE;
+
+ /* Identical flags must be compatible. */
+ if (in_flags == out_flags)
+ return TRUE;
+
+ /* Check to see if the input BFD actually contains any sections. If
+ not, its flags may not have been initialised either, but it
+ cannot actually cause any incompatiblity. Do not short-circuit
+ dynamic objects; their section list may be emptied by
+ elf_link_add_object_symbols.
+
+ Also check to see if there are no code sections in the input.
+ In this case there is no need to check for code specific flags.
+ XXX - do we need to worry about floating-point format compatability
+ in data sections ? */
+ if (!(ibfd->flags & DYNAMIC))
+ {
+ bfd_boolean null_input_bfd = TRUE;
+ bfd_boolean only_data_sections = TRUE;
+
+ for (sec = ibfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
+ {
+ /* Ignore synthetic glue sections. */
+ if (strcmp (sec->name, ".glue_7")
+ && strcmp (sec->name, ".glue_7t"))
+ {
+ if ((bfd_get_section_flags (ibfd, sec)
+ & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_CODE | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS))
+ == (SEC_LOAD | SEC_CODE | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS))
+ only_data_sections = FALSE;
+
+ null_input_bfd = FALSE;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (null_input_bfd || only_data_sections)
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+
+ /* Complain about various flag mismatches. */
+ if (!elf32_arm_versions_compatible (EF_ARM_EABI_VERSION (in_flags),
+ EF_ARM_EABI_VERSION (out_flags)))
+ {
+ _bfd_error_handler
+ (_("error: Source object %B has EABI version %d, but target %B has EABI version %d"),
+ ibfd, obfd,
+ (in_flags & EF_ARM_EABIMASK) >> 24,
+ (out_flags & EF_ARM_EABIMASK) >> 24);
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ /* Not sure what needs to be checked for EABI versions >= 1. */
+ /* VxWorks libraries do not use these flags. */
+ if (get_elf_backend_data (obfd) != &elf32_arm_vxworks_bed
+ && get_elf_backend_data (ibfd) != &elf32_arm_vxworks_bed
+ && EF_ARM_EABI_VERSION (in_flags) == EF_ARM_EABI_UNKNOWN)
+ {
+ if ((in_flags & EF_ARM_APCS_26) != (out_flags & EF_ARM_APCS_26))
+ {
+ _bfd_error_handler
+ (_("error: %B is compiled for APCS-%d, whereas target %B uses APCS-%d"),
+ ibfd, obfd,
+ in_flags & EF_ARM_APCS_26 ? 26 : 32,
+ out_flags & EF_ARM_APCS_26 ? 26 : 32);
+ flags_compatible = FALSE;
+ }
+
+ if ((in_flags & EF_ARM_APCS_FLOAT) != (out_flags & EF_ARM_APCS_FLOAT))
+ {
+ if (in_flags & EF_ARM_APCS_FLOAT)
+ _bfd_error_handler
+ (_("error: %B passes floats in float registers, whereas %B passes them in integer registers"),
+ ibfd, obfd);
+ else
+ _bfd_error_handler
+ (_("error: %B passes floats in integer registers, whereas %B passes them in float registers"),
+ ibfd, obfd);
+
+ flags_compatible = FALSE;
+ }
+
+ if ((in_flags & EF_ARM_VFP_FLOAT) != (out_flags & EF_ARM_VFP_FLOAT))
+ {
+ if (in_flags & EF_ARM_VFP_FLOAT)
+ _bfd_error_handler
+ (_("error: %B uses VFP instructions, whereas %B does not"),
+ ibfd, obfd);
+ else
+ _bfd_error_handler
+ (_("error: %B uses FPA instructions, whereas %B does not"),
+ ibfd, obfd);
+
+ flags_compatible = FALSE;
+ }
+
+ if ((in_flags & EF_ARM_MAVERICK_FLOAT) != (out_flags & EF_ARM_MAVERICK_FLOAT))
+ {
+ if (in_flags & EF_ARM_MAVERICK_FLOAT)
+ _bfd_error_handler
+ (_("error: %B uses Maverick instructions, whereas %B does not"),
+ ibfd, obfd);
+ else
+ _bfd_error_handler
+ (_("error: %B does not use Maverick instructions, whereas %B does"),
+ ibfd, obfd);
+
+ flags_compatible = FALSE;
+ }
+
+#ifdef EF_ARM_SOFT_FLOAT
+ if ((in_flags & EF_ARM_SOFT_FLOAT) != (out_flags & EF_ARM_SOFT_FLOAT))
+ {
+ /* We can allow interworking between code that is VFP format
+ layout, and uses either soft float or integer regs for
+ passing floating point arguments and results. We already
+ know that the APCS_FLOAT flags match; similarly for VFP
+ flags. */
+ if ((in_flags & EF_ARM_APCS_FLOAT) != 0
+ || (in_flags & EF_ARM_VFP_FLOAT) == 0)
+ {
+ if (in_flags & EF_ARM_SOFT_FLOAT)
+ _bfd_error_handler
+ (_("error: %B uses software FP, whereas %B uses hardware FP"),
+ ibfd, obfd);
+ else
+ _bfd_error_handler
+ (_("error: %B uses hardware FP, whereas %B uses software FP"),
+ ibfd, obfd);
+
+ flags_compatible = FALSE;
+ }
+ }
+#endif
+
+ /* Interworking mismatch is only a warning. */
+ if ((in_flags & EF_ARM_INTERWORK) != (out_flags & EF_ARM_INTERWORK))
+ {
+ if (in_flags & EF_ARM_INTERWORK)
+ {
+ _bfd_error_handler
+ (_("Warning: %B supports interworking, whereas %B does not"),
+ ibfd, obfd);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ _bfd_error_handler
+ (_("Warning: %B does not support interworking, whereas %B does"),
+ ibfd, obfd);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ return flags_compatible;
+}
+
+
/* Symbian OS Targets. */
#undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
#define ELF_DYNAMIC_SEC_FLAGS \
(SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED)
-#undef elf_backend_add_symbol_hook
#undef elf_backend_emit_relocs
#undef bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create
projects / deliverable / binutils-gdb.git / blobdiff